Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
315 S Lincoln St Technical - Building
TECHNICAL Permit \O- 6 51 it/ Address 3 15 L;ncolvy S� Project description Couv--tkous_, u P� 1 Date the permit was finaled Number of technical pages 3 ec/4\ ca�i o1(1 S X68 1, Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade P roject i Clallam County Project No. 621005CH 1 SPECIFICATIONS 1 Architects /j -1 Project No 10102 0 f t June 2010 u b_Arch Beaman Architecture, Ltd. P.O. 6Ca NOM maw. Oro9 1 7P5 w ;roc n•• Se f eti+ 1 Clallam County Historic r Courthouse Upgrade I; Project Clallam County Project No. 621005CH 1: SPECIFICATIONS June 2010 Architects Project No 10102 b_Arch Beaman Architecture, Ltd. A.O. Bo. 66693 :AttES1d. 0 roc tv�roY.YHY REGISTERED ARCHITECT tr M HAEL BEAMA STATE OF WASHINGTON 4528 TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATION LIST CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT Note. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify that each Project Manual contains the pages listed in this Table of Contents. DIVISION 00• BIDDING AND AWARD REQUIREMENTS 00100 NOTICE OF CALL FOR BIDS 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00300 BID PROPOSAL FORM 00400 SUPPLEMENTAL BID FORMS 00500 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER CONTRACTOR 00600 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00860 LIST OF DRAWINGS DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Architect's Supplemental Instructions Form (AIA Document G710) Contract Administration Change Order Form (AIA Document G701) 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Application and Certification for Payment Form (AIA Document G702) Application and Certification for Payment Continuation Form (AIA Document G703) 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Request for Interpretation Form 01315 ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS Electronic Media Release Form 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01322 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Contract Administration Transmittal Letter Form (AIA Document G810) Contract Administration List of Subcontractors Form (AIA Document G805) 01351 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01420 REFERENCES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Substitution Request Form 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Contractor's Punch List Form TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 DIVISION 02: 02751 DIVISION 03 03353 DIVISION 04 04901 04903 DIVISION 05 05500 05721 DIVISION 06. 06100 06201 DIVISION 07 07540 07920 DIVISION 09• 09000 09250 09511 09653 09680 09900 DIVISION 10• 10290 DIVISION 16 16000 16050 16110 16120 16510 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SITE CONSTRUCTION CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONCRETE MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MASONRY CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING METALS METAL FABRICATIONS ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS WOOD AND PLASTICS ROUGH CARPENTRY EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING JOINT SEALANTS FINISHES ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES CARPET PAINTING SPECIALTIES BIRD AND PEST CONTROL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHEET NUMBER SHEET CONTENTS A0 -1 COVER SHEET Al -1 LEVEL 2 AREA PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) LIGHTING FIXTURES (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) Page 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT Al 2 PARTIAL SITE PLAN Al 3 LEVEL 2 DEMOLITION PLANS A1-4 LEVEL 2 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN Al 5 BELLTOWER FLOOR PLANS A2 1 LEVEL 2 PLANS A5 -1 EXTERIORS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 DIVISION ZERO Notice of Call for Bids Section 00100 CLALLAM COUNTY PARKS, FAIR FACILITIES DIVISION NOTICE OF CALL. FOR BIDS SEALED BIDS will be received by the Board of Clallam County Commissioners at 223 East 4th Street, Room 150 Port Angeles, Washington until, 10:00 am, PST, August 24, 2010, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project Complete drawings and specifications may be obtained from Pen Print, Inc. 230 E. 1 Street, Port Angeles, WA 98362, phone 360 457 3404 All bidding and related questions should be directed to Beaman Architecture, Ltd in writing at mb(rbeamanarch.com Attention. Michael Beaman. The sealed bids must be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, "Bid Proposal Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project" Bid documents delivered to other offices and received late by the Commissioner's Off ice will not be considered nor will bids received by facsimile or e-mail. Clallam County will determine the lowest responsible bidder in accordance with the terms of Clallam County Code Section 3 12, and further reserves the right to reject any or all bids received or to accept the bid which in its estimation best serves the interests of Clallam County or to waive informalities in the bidding. 'Clallam County hereby notifies all that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 at 49 CFR Part 23 will be afforded full opportunity to submit proposals in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color national origin or sex in consideration for an award. Construction Timeframe. (105) Calendar Days to Final Completion There will be a mandatory on -site walk through conducted Monday, August 9, 2010 at 10 am, PST Bidders shall meet in the atrium space of the Historic Courthouse for a facility walk- through Questions and clarifications will be taken at that time. This will be the only opportunity to access the facility so bring whatever tools are needed to confirm information on drawings and specifications. Park in the main courthouse parking lot). Date. Jul ZQ(d BOARD 0 di 1.1:AM COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ATTEST at/Pt- Trish Holden, Clerk of the Board, CMC END OF SECTION 00100 Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities Hov+andV' aoherty Jr Chair Please publish.(PDN) July 25, 2010 August 1, 2010 Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Notice of Call for Bids 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. Bidding Requirements include Advertisement and Notice of Call for Bids, Instructions to Bidders Bid Forms Sample Contract Forms and Supplementary Instructions. Contract documents consist of Agreement or Contract Form between Owner and Contractor Conditions of the Contract including General, Supplementary Drawings, Plans Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 1.2 Addenda are written or graphic instructions issued by the Owner or Owner's representative Architect, which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions deletions clarifications or corrections. 1 3 A Bid is a properly completed and signed proposal to do the work for sums stipulated and submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents 1 4 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform work described as the base to which work may be added or deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids 1 5 An Alternate Bid is an amount stated in the Bid to be added or deducted from the Base Bid if Alternate work is accepted. 1 6 A Unit Price is an amount stated in Bid as a price per unit for materials, equipment, or service as described in Bidding Documents 1 7 A Bidder is person or entity who submits a Bid 1 8 A Sub bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION 2.1 By making a Bid the Bidder represents that the Bidder has visited the site and become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, has read and understands all Bidding and Contract Documents, and correlated personal observations with the requirements of the proposed contract documents. Site visits shall be as stated on Notice of Call for Bids. 2.2 The Bid is based upon materials equipment, labor and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3 1 1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of Bidding Documents from the location designated in the Advertisement or Notice of Call for Bids at no charge. (Each set consists of (1) Specification Manual and (1) set of 22 x 34 drawings with a limit of two (2) sets per bidder) All bidders shall return documents within seven (7) days of bid opening A bidder receiving the Contract Award may retain Documents. 3 1.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding documents in preparing Bids, neither Owner nor Owner's representative Architect assumes responsibility or errors or misrepresentations resulting from use of incomplete Bidding Documents. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Instructions to Bidders Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 3 1 3 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available the Owner and /or Owner's representative Architect, do so for the purpose of obtaining Bids and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 3 1 4 Copies of bidding documents and specs are available for review in Parks Office Room 180 in the Old Courthouse. 3.2 Interpretation or correction of Bidding Documents 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully examine the Bidding Documents, examine the site and local conditions, and compare them with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to work being Bid and shall at once report to the Owner and /or Owner's representative Architect errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. 3.2.2 The Bidder and sub bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request to Owner and /or Owner's representative Architect at lease seven days prior to date of receipt of Bids. 3 2.3 Changes in the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum and changes made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3 Substitutions 3 3 1 The materials, equipment, products described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of function dimension appearance and quality to be met by any substitution. 3 3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by Owner or Owner's representative Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the materials or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work including changes in the work of other contractors that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden or proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer The Owner's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final 3.3 3 If the Owner approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner 3 3 4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 3 3 5 Should any proposed product substitution require any redesign work by the Owner and /or Architect or his consultations to accommodate the substitute product, costs for such redesign work shall be included in the Bid amount and shall be paid to the Architect or Owner at his usual rates for the time expended in the required redesign work. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Instructions to Bidders Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 4 1 1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identified to ones included in the Bidding Documents; shall have all blanks filled out in ink (typed or manually) with sums expressed in words and figures where indicated with words governing; and all alternates and unit prices bid. If alternates do not change Base Bid, enter 'no change 4 1.2 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by signer of the Bid. 4 1 3 Bid shall include legal name of Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor partnership corporation or other legal entity Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a Contract. A Bid by a corporation shall give the state of incorporation or corporate seal affixed A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder 4.2 Bid security 4.2.1 If so stated in the Advertisement or Notice of Cali for Bids, or in Bidding Documents, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in a.) cash, b cashier's check/money order c.) certified check, or d Surety Bond in the amount of 5% of the total Bid amount. Bid security shall be in form required, pledging that the Bidder will enter a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in Bid and will furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder Bid security of the lowest three Bidders may be retained by Owner for a period not to exceed 30 days following opening of Bids All other Bidders securities shall be returned within ten days of date of receipt of bids. Should Bidder fail to enter into a Contract or furnish bonds where required, the amount of Bid Security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty 4.2.2 Surety Bond shall be written on required forms and the attorney -in -fact who executes the bond shall affix to the Bond a certified and current copy of the power -of- attorney 4.3 Submission of bids 4 3 1 Bids Bid Security and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed, opaque envelope marked with the notation 'SEALED BID' with project name clearly marked on the outside of the envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving Bids as identified in the Advertisement or Notice Call for Bids and include the Bidder's name and address If Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with notation `SEALED BID ENCLOSED' and the project name on the face thereof 4 3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after time and date will be returned unopened. The Bidders shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at location designated for receipt of Bids. 4 3 3 Oral telephone, telegraphic, or fax Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4 4 Modification or withdrawal of Bid 4 4 1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period of thirty days following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. 4 4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Instructions to Bidders Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid 4 4 3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to Bidders. 4 4 4 Bid Security if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5 1 Bids received on time and properly identified will be opened and read aloud at the Board of Commissioners meeting held immediately after the time and date for receipt of Bids as advertised in Notice Call for Bids. 5 2 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids reject a Bid not accompanied by a required Bid Security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents or reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular 5 3 The Owner may determine that a Bidder is not responsible and reject his proposal for any of the reasons found in Clallam County Code 3 12. 5.4 Bid award 5 4 1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid, which in the Owners judgment, is in the Owner's best interests. 5 4.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST BID INFORMATION 6 1 Contractor's Qualification Statement Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Owner or Owner's representative Architect, upon request, a properly executed Contractor's Qualification Statement in the form requested by the Owner 6.2.1 Submittals The Bidder shall within three days of notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish the Owner or Owner's representative Architect in writing if not required to be included on the Bid Proposal Form. 1 Work to be performed by Bidders own forces 2. A complete list of sub bidders or sub contractors to be used to complete this project 3 Name of project superintendent or foreman to be used 4 Names of manufacturers, products, and supplies of principal items or systems proposed for the Work. 6 2.2 Prior to award of the Contract, the Owner or Owner's representative Architect, will notify Bidder if Owner has a reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by Bidder If Owner has objection, the Bidder may (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost, if any occasioned by the Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Instructions to Bidders Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder In the event of withdrawal or disqualification, the Bid Security will not be forfeited. 6.2.3 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner has made no reasonable objection must be used on the work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner 6 2.4 A copy of Contractor's UBI Certification shall be submitted with the signed agreement. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 7 1 Bond requirements 7 1 1 The Bidder shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance and payment of all obligations, and as described, in the Bidding Documents and all bonds shall be paid for by the Bidder and costs shall be included in Bid. 7.2 Time of delivery and form of bonds 7 2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2.1 7 2.2 Unless otherwise provided the bonds shall be written on forms provided by Owner Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum plus sales tax. 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney -in -fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.1 Form to be used 8.1 1 The Agreement for the Work shall be the completed sample included in the Bidding Documents and shall be signed by the Bidder within ten days of notice by the Owner of award of Contract to the Bidder END OF SECTION 00200 Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Instructions to Bidders Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Bid Proposal Form Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL FORM Project: Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project Project Number 621005CH To CLALLAM COUNTY PARKS FAIR FACILITIES DIVISION Submission of this bid proposal certifies that the Undersigned has examined the project site and the conditions of work; and has carefully read and thoroughly understands the Bidding Documents governing the work embraced in this project, and the method by which payment will be made for said work. The Undersigned hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this project in accordance with said Bidding Documents and agrees to accept as payment for said work the amounts indicated below under Bid Proposal The base bid shall include all work except that indicated in the Alternates The Undersigned acknowledges that payment will be based on the actual work performed as measured or provided for in accordance with the said contract documents, Base Bid, Alternates and Unit Prices shall not include State of Washington Sales Tax. Appropriate sales tax is to be added to invoice amounts after award of bid. BID PROPOSAL BASE BID AMOUNT OF BID GUARANTEE (See Bid Bond Form attached) Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities dollars The undersigned certifies that the above referenced documents, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work to be done are thoroughly understood and that at no time will misunderstanding of the drawings, specifications, or conditions to be overcome be pleaded. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF BIDDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS By signing this form, the Contractor certifies that based on the Contractor's knowledge and review that the Contractor finds the Bidding Contract Documents sufficiently complete and in sufficient detail to perform the work required. The Undersigned furnishes herewith a bid guarantee in the amount of 5% of the total Base Bid proposal lump sum amount and attaches same to the proposal This bid guarantee warrants that the undersigned will not withdraw his proposal for a period of thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of proposals and that if this proposal is accepted the undersigned will enter into a formal contract (prepared by the Owner) and that the required performance bond and payment bond will be given In the event of the withdrawal of this proposal within the period stipulated above, or the failure of the undersigned to enter into a contract and give the required bonds, the undersigned will be liable to the Owner for the full amount of the bid guarantee as liquidated damages on account of the default of the undersigned. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Bid Proposal Form DIVISION ZERO Bid Proposal Form Section 00300 A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5 of the total bid, in the form as indicated below is attached hereto Check: CASH IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK/POSTAL MONEY ORDER CERTIFIED CHECK PAYABLE TO CLALLAM COUNTY PROPOSED BOND IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID NON COLLUSION STATEMENT By signing this proposal the Contractor certifies that he /she has not participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with this project for which this proposal is submitted NON DISCRIMINATION The Contractor hereby agrees to not discriminate against any person on the basis of race creed, political ideology color national origin, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, age or presence of any sensory mental or physical disability INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATEMENT The Contractor certifies that services shall be furnished by the Contractor as an independent contractor and nothing herein contained shall be construed to create a relationship of employer /employee or master /servant, but all payments made hereunder and all services performed shall be made and performed pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor ADDENDA Receipt of Addenda(s) numbered is hereby acknowledged and all costs of the Work therefore have been included in the Bid Proposal. BIDDER NAME AND SIGNATURE The name of the Bidder submitting this proposal, the address and phone number to which all communications concerned with this proposal shall be made and the number which has been assigned indicating the Bidder is licensed to do business in the State of Washington are as follows. Firm Name: Address: Telephone 1 Contractor's License No Exp Date The firm submitting this proposal is a: Sole Proprietorship Corporation Partnership The names and titles of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this proposal or of the partnership or of all persons interested in this proposal as principals are as follows. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Bid Proposal Form Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Bid Proposal Form Section 00300 SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL(S) (PROPOSAL MUST BE SIGNED) END OF SECTION 00300 Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities FIRM NAME (Seal) Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Bid Proposal Form DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 SUPPLEMENTAL BID FORMS ARTICLE 1 The Bid Bond format listed below shall be used by Bidders when submitting their Bid Bond. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we as Principal hereinafter called the Principal, and a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety hereinafter called the Surety are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee in the sum of Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities (here insert full name address or legal title of Contractor) (here insert full name address or legal title of Surety) (here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) Dollars for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made the said Principal and the said Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, executors administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the Principal has submitted a bid for (here insert full name, address and description of project) NOW THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding of Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the Prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of 20 (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) (Surety) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Supplemental Bid Forms DIVISION ZERO SuDclemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 2 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS When requested by the Owner Contractor shall complete and submit the below information within three days of notification by Owner 1 Name of Bidder 2. Business Address. 3 How many years has said bidder been engaged in the contracting business under the present firm name? 4 Contracts now in hand (Gross Amount) 5 General character of work performed by said company 6 List of more important projects constructed by said company including approximate costs and dates. 7 List of company's major equipment: 8 Bank References 9 Department of Labor and Industries Firm No 10 Department of Revenue Registration. Name of Bidder By Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Supplemental Bid Forms Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities Title Date DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 3 STATEMENT OF PROPOSED SUB CONTRACTORS AND MAJOR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS The Contractor shall submit a complete list of all major material suppliers and a sub contractor's list within three days of notification of Bid award or upon request by the Owner to provide it. Sub Contractor's List NAME ADDRESS DESCRIPTION OF WORK/MATERIAL MATERIAL SUPPLIERS Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Supplemental Bid Forms Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 4 RETAINAGE INVESTMENT OPTION DECLARATION CONTRACTOR. PROJECT NAME Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project PROJECT NUMBER. 621005CH Pursuant to RCW 60.28.010 as amended you may choose how your Retainage under this contract will be held and invested. Please complete and sign this form indicating your preference If you fail to do so the County will hold your Retainage as described in `Current Expense Option 1 below 1 Current Expense. The County will retain the money in its Current Expense Fund Account until thirty days following final acceptance of the improvement or work as completed. You will not receive interest earned on this money 2 Interest Bearinci Account: The County will deposit Retainage checks in an interest bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, not subject to withdrawal until after the final acceptance of the improvement or work is completed or until agreed to by both parties Interest on the account will be paid to you. 3 Escrow /Investments. the County will place the Retainage checks in escrow with a bank or trust company until thirty days following the final acceptance to the improvement or work as completed. When the moneys reserved are to be placed in escrow the County will issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserved payable to the bank or trust company and you jointly This check will be converted into bonds and securities chosen by you and approved by the County and these bonds and securities will be held in escrow Interest on these bonds and securities will be paid to you as interest accrues. 4 The Contractor may at his /her option choose to not submit a performance bond and agrees to a 50% Retainage in lieu of a performance bond. Retainage to be released when Contract is complete and all paperwork submitted. (Pertains to projects under $25 000 ONLY) Retainage is normally released 30 -40 days after final acceptance of work by the County or following receipt of Labor and Industries Department of Revenue clearance whichever takes longer (Contractor's Signature) (Title) Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Supplemental Bid Forms Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 5 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND FORM The Contractor will use AIA Document A312 Forms, as revised, as the acceptable forms when providing bonds. ARTICLE 6 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE PREMIUMS AND CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT 1 The contractor shall pay and is responsible for payment of all industrial insurance premiums that become due and payable to the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (Department) pursuant to Title 51 RCW whether such premiums are attributable to the contractor or its subcontractors 2. In the event that Clallam County is required to make industrial insurance premiums to the Department due to the failure, neglect or refusal of the contractor to make payment as required herein, the contractor authorizes Clallam County to take judgment against it, and the contractor hereby confesses judgment, in the amount which Clallam County is required to pay the Department pursuant to Title 51 RCW to satisfy contractor's liabilities hereunder The contractor confesses judgment in an amount equal to the entire industrial insurance premium liability due to the Department on behalf of the contractor and its subcontractors hereunder less any premium payments previously made to the Department by the contractor 3 The contractor expressly agrees that the amount confessed herein was expressly negotiated and that the amount due to Clallam County for satisfying contractor's obligations to the Department hereunder is due justly due or to become due. 4 Until such time as Clallam County is actually reimbursed for industrial insurance premiums paid to the Department due to the failure, neglect or refusal of the contractor to meet its obligations hereunder the contractor shall be debarred from bidding on any projects for which Clallam County solicits bids State of County of Corporate ss On this day of 20 before me personally appeared to me known to be the (president, vice president, secretary treasurer or other authorized officer or agent, as the case may be) of the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he was authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written. (CORPORATE SEAL) Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities (Contractor's Signature) (Title) Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Supplemental Bid Forms DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 State of County of Individual END OF SECTION 00400 1 ss 1 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Residing at On this day personally appeared before me to me known to be the individual, or individuals described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he (she or they) signed the same as his (her or their) free and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. Given under my hand and official seal this day of 20 Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Supplemental Bid Forms Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities (Contractor's Signature) (Title) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Residing at DIVISION ZERO Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Section 00500 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Project Name CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT Project Number 621005CH This agreement is entered into between Clallam County a political subdivision of the State of Washington, hereafter called 'County' and hereinafter called 'Contractor' The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below 1 This Agreement is comprised of the Bidding Documents, Contract Documents, the Agreement, Plans and Specifications as described in the Contract Documents, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement and modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. 2. The Contractor shall execute the entire work described in the Bidding and Contract Documents. 3 The date of commencement is the date the Contractor receives a signed copy of this Agreement by the Board of Commissioners, which shall be considered the notice to proceed 4 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire work no later than subject to adjustments provided for in the Contract Documents. 5 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of dollars subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 6 Progress Payments a. The Owner shall make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Sum as provided for below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents b The Contractor shall submit Application for Payment on AIA Document G702 forms not more than once per month or Contractor's own form with same information found on G702 Forms c. The Contractor shall submit Application for Payment prior to the last day of each calendar month to the Owner or Owner's representative Architect. d. The Owner shall make progress payments within 15 calendar days of receipt of Application for Payment and certification that work has progressed satisfactorily e Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner or Owner's Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Owner or Owner's Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for payment. f Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. g. Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows. Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Form of Aareement Between Owner and Contractor Section 00500 Contract sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less Retainage of five percent. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in the dispute may be included as provided in the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted by Change Order Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction less Retainage of five percent. Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner and Subtract amounts, if any for which the Owner or Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate of Payment as provided in the General Conditions. 7 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct non conforming Work as provided in the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements if any which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a Final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Owner or Owner's representative Architect; such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Owner or Owner's representative Architect's final Certificate for Payment, punch list is completed and all close- out paperwork and documents have been submitted to the Owner including Department of Revenue clearance 8 Other documents, if any forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows. A. UBI Certification (copy to be attached to Agreement) IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement on this day of 20 CONTRACTOR: (Name) (By) (Its) Date: ATTEST Clerk of the Board, Trish Holden, CMC END OF SECTION 00500 20 Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities OWNER: BOARD OF CLALLAM COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Howard V Doherty Jr Chair Approved as to Form: Prosecuting Attorney's Office Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 11 Definitions 1 1 1 Contract Documents consist of Agreement between Owner and Contractor General Conditions of the Contract, Supplemental Conditions Bidding Documents, Bonds Drawings and Specifications, Addenda, approved Alternates, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. 1 1.2 The term Work means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor materials, equipment and services provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. 1 1 3 The Drawinas are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work. 1 1 4 The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment construction systems standards and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services 1 1 5 The Proiect Manual is the volume assembled for the work, which includes the Bidding Documents including Call for Bids and Instructions to Bidders, and Contract Documents. 1.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent 1 2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. 1.2.2 Execution of the contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In the event of a conflict or discrepancy in or between the Contract Documents, interpretation shall be governed as set forth in the following order the first taking highest precedence. 1 Agreement (Owner- Contractor) 2. Addenda 3 National State and local codes or ordinances 4 Supplementary Conditions 5 Other Conditions 6 General Conditions 7 Specifications (Division 1 through 16) Specifications shall govern over drawings and general notes insofar as quality of materials, thickness or gauge of materials finish of materials, composition of materials and quality of workmanship 8 Drawings Figure dimensions on drawings shall govern over nominal dimensions and over drawings without figured dimensions. Largest scale drawing covering any portion of the work shall govern over small -scale drawings of same portion of work, except as noted herein for Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 figured dimensions. Actual physical dimensions of specified stock items shall govern over dimensions shown on drawings on work to receive such stock items. Custom items or modified stock items shall be fabricated to dimensions shown on drawings or to fit into other dimensioned work. Should conflict occur in or between drawings and specifications, Contractor is deemed to have estimated the more expensive way of doing work unless he has asked for and obtained written decision (4) Four working days before submission of bids as to which method or materials will be required 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents words which have well -known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings 1.2.6 The apparent silence of the specifications or plans as to any detail or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of first quality are to be used All interpretations of these specifications shall be made on the basis above stated 1.3 OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS 1 3 1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Owner or Owner's Architect are instruments of the Owner's service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Owner shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the contract Documents as if singular in number The term 'Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys, utility locations or other records that the Owner has presently on file or presently knows of to the contractor upon request. The Owner will not provide additional surveys, layouts or locations unless specifically stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents 2.1 3 The Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit. All other permits and fees for permits shall be paid for by the Contractor 2.1 4 The Owner shall have additional responsibilities enumerated herein 2.1 5 If the Contractor fails to correct Work or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the work, or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3 1 1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number The term 'Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative 3 1.2 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner and shall at once report to the Owner errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized (or should have recognized) such error inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Owner If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Owner the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction 3 1 3 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Owner at once 3 1 4 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. The Contractor shall be responsible to fully inform his superintendent of all project activity including but not limited to progress problems, decisions changes and deficiencies as they happen Should circumstances arise such that a new superintendent is assigned (subject to conditions as contained in the following subparagraph) the Contractor shall in addition to the foregoing, assure that the new superintendent has knowledge of all prior project history Failure of a new superintendent to have complete knowledge of the project shall not relieve the contractor from compliance with the Contract or with any changes, decisions of directions occurring prior to the assignment of the new superintendent. Within Ten Calendar days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect and Owner a chain -of- command organizational chart, which includes all supervisory personnel including the Contractor's project manager and the superintendent that the Contractor intends to use on the Work. The superintendent shall remain on the Project whenever Subcontractors are present unless the job is closed down due to a legal holiday a general strike conditions beyond the control of the Contractor termination of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents, prior agreement with Owner or Final Completion is attained. The superintendent shall not be changed without the approval of the Owner which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The superintendent can be employed on other projects during the course of the Work, only with the written approval of the Owner The Owner' approval of change in superintendence shall not for any reason give rise to claim for change in time or contract amount. 3 1 5 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor 3 1 6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery water heat, utilities, Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 3 1 7 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3 1 8 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor improper or insufficient maintenance improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Owner the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3 1 9 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer use and similar taxes for the work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3 1 10 Other than the Building Permit, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. 3 1 11 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances rules regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3 1 12 If the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with codes, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner in writing and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification. 3 1 13 If the Contractor performs Work knowing or should have known it to be contrary to laws statutes ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Owner the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 3 1 14 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3 1 15 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor 3 1 16 The Contractor shall provide the Owner access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3 1 17 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless, the Owner Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself) including Toss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor a Subcontractor anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whole acts they may be liable regardless of whether or not such claim, damage loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder Such obligation shall not be Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3 1 18 With respect to performance of this agreement and as to claims against the county its elected and appointed officers, agents and employees, the Contractor expressly waives its immunity under Title 51 RCW the Industrial Insurance Act, as now and hereafter amended for injuries to its employees and agrees that the obligations to indemnify defend and hold harmless provided in this agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of the Contractor This waiver is mutually negotiated by the Owner and Contractor ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4 1 The Owner's project manager shall be the administrator of the contract unless the Owner has agreement for architectural services. 4 1 1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number The term Architect' means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative 4 1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld 4 1 3 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence from time to time during the correction period. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4 1 4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4 1 5 Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner 4 1 6 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts to the Owner who has final approval and authority 4 1 7 The Architect, with Owner's approval, will have authority to reject Work, which does not conform to the Contract documents. Whenever the Architect, with Owner's approval, considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect, with Owner's Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 approval, will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the work. However neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. 4 1 8 The Architect will review and, with Owner's approval, approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 4 1 9 The Architect, with the Owner's approval will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the work as provided in Paragraph 7 1 4 4 1 10 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will received and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 51 Definitions 5 1 1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. 5 1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Owner will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not, after due investigation the Owner has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity Failure of the Owner to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5 1 3 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner has made reasonable and timely objection. 5 1 4 If the Owner has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued However no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5 1 5 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights and shall allow to the Subcontractor unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub subcontractors ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER 6 1 1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents 6 1.2 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces. 6 1 3 If part of the Contractor's Work depends, for proper execution or results, upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Owner apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7 1 1 Changes in the work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order 7 1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner Contractor and Architect. 7 1 3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly unless otherwise provided in the Change Order 7 1 4 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Owner or Architect and signed by the Owner Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following. 1 a change in the Work, 2. the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any and 3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any ARTICLE 8 TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8 1 1 Contract time shall be as stated on the Notice of Call for Bids, from date of commencement established in the Agreement until final completion. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 8 1.2 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8 1 3 The Contractor shall not knowingly except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance to be furnished by the Contractor The date of commencement of the Work shall be not changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8 1 4 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or of an employee of either or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control or by delay authorized by the Owner then the Contract time shall be extended by Change Order 8 1 5 Should the Contractor fail to complete the Work within the Contract Time, the Owner will sustain damage 8 1 6 Therefore the parties agree that the Contractor shall pay the Owner as liquidated damages and not as penalty an amount as follows, which shall be considered to be the amount of the damage sustained by the Owner on account of the condition specified and shall continue to be paid until the condition specified is met. 8.1 7 It is agreed by the parties that time is of essence in this agreement and, if the date of final completion is delayed, the Owner will be damaged The exact amount of the damage will be difficult to calculate, but will include such items as outside leases, loss of efficient function, and inconvenience to the public and to the Owner It is agreed between the parties that the amount of damages will be $250.00 per calendar day from Final Completion date as designated for each individual project as stated on the Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor The Owner may deduct the sum of such liquidated damages from any moneys due or that may become due the Contractor or if such moneys are insufficient, the Contractor or his Surety or Sureties shall pay the difference. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 1 1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9 1.2 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner or Architect may require This schedule, unless objected to by the Owner or Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9 1 3 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or Architect, if one is used an itemized Application for Payment for operations Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require such as copies or requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting Retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9 1 4 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the work which have been properly authorized by Change Orders 9 1 5 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9 1 6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. 9 1 7 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment, all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief be free and clear of liens, claims security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor Subcontractors material suppliers or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9 1 8 The Owner shall determine the payment amount to be made to the Contractor 9 1 9 At the time each month stipulated in the Owner /Contractor Agreement, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor an amount equal to ninety -five percent (95 of the value of labor and material incorporated in the work, all as approved by the Architect in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, such amount paid to the Contractor shall be less the total of all previous payments and deductions provided for in the Contract Documents. The five percent (5 withheld shall be Retainage, which shall be paid as provided hereinafter The percentage of contract retained shall be five percent (5 pursuant to RCW Chapter 60.28 as amended. Thirty days after final acceptance of the completed work, the balance due will be paid provided, a. The work be fully completed b Certification has been received by the Owner from the State Department of Labor and Industries as to payment of prevailing wages in conformance with laws c. Certification has been received by the Owner from the State Department of Revenue that all taxes have been paid, no tax lien may exist, and d. The Contractor warrants to the Owner all claims by materialmen and workmen, if any for unpaid charges against the work have been satisfied and e To hold the Owner harmless from all liens on the completed work. In the event these provisions are not met, the Owner may pay a percentage of the Retainage holding back that quantity of money for materialmen and laborer's liens, tax liens, cost and attorney's fees to defray the cost of foreclosing all other liens, costs, and Architect's fee to defray cost of additional Construction Administration services. After the award of a Contract for public improvement or work for which retained percentages are required to be reserved under the provisions of RCW 60.28.010 Owner shall require the Contractor to exercise in writing, one of the options listed in RCW 60.20 010 Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 Retained amounts shall be paid into an escrow account, if requested, in a financial institution chosen by the Contractor and approved by the Owner the interest earnings from which shall accrue to the benefit of the Contractor 9 1 10 Final payment will not be made by the Owner until all contract conditions and requirements have been fulfilled and all forms and certificates are received in full. 9 1 11 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Owner or Architect will promptly make such inspection, and when Owner and Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 1 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10 1 2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact, the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless The work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or PCB or when it has been rendered harmless by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor 10 1 3 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to 1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby 2. the work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein whether in storage on or off the site under care custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub subcontractors, and 3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto such as trees, shrubs lawns, walks pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10 1 4 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10 1 5 The Contractor shall erect and maintain as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10 1 6 When use or storage of explosive or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10 1 7 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and Toss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor a Subcontractor a Sub subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor the foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations. 10 1 8 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety 10 1 9 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage injury or Toss. 10 1 10 The Contractor agrees to comply with Chapter 49 18 RCW providing that no laborer workman or mechanic in the employ of the Contractor Subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the work or any part of the work contemplated by the Contract, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day provided that, in cases of extraordinary emergency such as danger to life or property the hours of work may be extended, but in such cases shall not be less than one and one -half times the rate allowed for this same amount of time during eight (8) hours service Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours or Sunday or legal holidays shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner Contractor further agrees the said Contract is terminable in case the Contractor shall violate the provisions of such act. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE BONDS 11 1 1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1 claims under workers or workmen s compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees, 3 claims for damages because of bodily injury sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees, 4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor or (2) by another person 5 claims for damages other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of tangible property including loss of use resulting therefrom, 6 claims for damages because of bodily injury death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership maintenance or use of a motor vehicle, and 7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations. 11 1.2 The Contractor shall name the Owner the Architect, their consultants, and their officers agents and employees, as additional insured on the insurance policies, except the workers or workmen s Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 compensation policy The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner and Architect the list of names to appear on the insurance policies. 11 1 3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11 1 1 shall be written for not less than the following or greater if required by law 1 Workers Compensation, a. State. Statutory b Applicable Federal (e.g Longshoremen harbor Work, Work at or outside U S Boundaries) Statutory c. Employer's Liability $1 000 000 00 d Benefits Required by Union labor contracts. as applicable e Include all- states endorsement 2. Comprehensive General Liability (Including Premises Operations, Independent Contractor's Protective, Products and Completed Operations, Broad Form Property Damage) a. Bodily Injury $1 000 000 00 Single Limit Per Occurrence Full Contract Amount Aggregate, Products and Completed Operations b Property Damage Course of Construction Insurance Full Contract Amount Each Occurrence Full Contract Amount Aggregate c. Products and Completed Operations Insurance shall be maintained until 30 days after final completion d Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards. Vandalism, Fire Explosion, Collapse and Underground e. Contractual Liability 1 Bodily Injury $1 000 000 Each Occurrence 2. Property Damage. Full Contract Amount Each Occurrence Full Contract Amount Aggregate f Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion Deleted: $1 000 000 00 Aggregate 3 Comprehensive Automobile Liability (Owned Non -owned Hired) a. Bodily Injury $1 000 000 00 Each Person $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence b Property Damage $100 000 00 Each Occurrence 4 If possible all of the above insurance coverage shall be carried with the same insurance company 11 1 4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner and the Architect prior to commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverage s afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner the Architect, the Contractor and the Owner's insurer Certificates shall be furnished in duplicate and stipulate all coverage required, and the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and the Architect copies of all endorsements that area subsequently issued amending coverage or limits 11 1 5 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles Such property insurance shall be maintained, Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance until final payment has been made. 11 1 6 Property insurance shall be on an all -risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage theft, vandalism, malicious mischief collapse false work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11 1 7 The Contractor shall secure and pay for performance and payment bonds issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the locality of the project, on a Bond Form executed in pursuance to Chapter 39 08 Revised Code of Washington The Bond Form must comply with all requirements of the Owner's attorney The surety bond shall be in the following penal sums. Performance Bond 100% of agreement sum, including Washington State Sales Tax Labor and Material 100% of agreement sum, including Washington State Sales Tax Four copies of Bond Certification required 11 1 8 The Contract Bond or an equivalent Maintenance Bond shall continue in for force until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner 11 1 9 The Contractor guarantees the excellence of both workmanship and material and the payment of all obligations incurred until the Work is finally accepted and for (30) days thereafter and until the provisions of the Contract Documents are fulfilled. 11 1 10 For the projects under $25,000.00 Contractor may agree to a 50% Retainage fund in lieu of providing a performance bond The Retainage fund to be held by the County until work is complete, all paperwork is turned in and state releases signed and returned to County ARTICLE 12 WARRANTY 12.1 1 The Contractor shall warranty all labor materials and work performed for a period of 1 year from date of final completion ARTICLE 13 LAW, SUCCESSORS, TESTS 13 1 1 The contract shall be governed by law of the place where project is located 13 1.2 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other If either party attempts to make such as assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. Clallam County Histonc Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 13 1 3 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law 13 1 4 No action or failure to act by the Owner Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder except a may be specifically agreed in writing 13 1 5 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner or with the appropriate public authority and shall bear all related costs of tests inspections and approvals. The contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Owner may observe such procedures The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded 13 1 6 If the Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor shall give timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Owner may observe such procedures. 13 1 7 If such procedures for testing inspection or approval reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures. 13 1 8 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION 14 1 1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor 1 refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, 2. fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors, 3 disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations, or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction* or 4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 15 PREVAILING WAGES 15 1 1 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TO FILE STATEMENT OF INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES AND AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID The prevailing rate of wage to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39 12 RCW as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State of Washington. The prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed shall be determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 of Labor and Industries and are by reference, made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein. Current prevailing wage data is furnished by the Industrial Statistician. 15 1.2 Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages. The Contractor on or before the date of commencement of work, shall complete, file and pay for a statement under oath with the Owner and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the rate of hourly wage paid and to be paid each classification of laborers, workmen or mechanics employed upon the work by the Contractor or Subcontractor which shall be not less than the prevailing rate of wage. (State Form LI 700 -29) State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries, 'Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Contract' form. Such statement and any subsequent statements shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the Department of Labor and Industries. Therefore the Contractor shall familiarize himself with this form and all its requirements. The Owner will not distribute any payments until all required certified copies of such forms are received 15 1 3 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to require all his Subcontractors to complete and pay for Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages forms submit these documents to the Department of Labor and Industries for certification and forward certified copies to the Owner as proof that the prevailing wage requirements of RCW 39 12.040 have been satisfied. Additional forms may be obtained from the Department of Labor and Industries Industrial Relations Division, General Administration Building, Olympia, Washington 98504 and from all 15 service locations of the Department of Labor and Industries 15 1 4 Each voucher claim submitted by a Contractor for payment on a project estimate shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre -filed statement or statements of intent on file with the Department of Labor and Industrial Statistician 15 1 5 The Contractor and Subcontractors shall further certify that: a. He has not employed or retained any company or person (other than a full -time bona fide employee working solely for the offer or to solicit or receive this Contract and b He has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person (other than a full -time bona fide employee working solely for the offer or) any fee commission percentage or brokerage fee contingent upon or resulting from the award of this Contract; and c. He has not been asked or otherwise coerced, either expressed or implied, into contributing funds, for any purpose as a condition to doing business with the Owner and d. He agrees to furnish information relating to items 1,2 and 3 as requested by the contracting officer 15 1 6 It is further agreed that in case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing wages for the work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties involved, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State and his decision therein shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties involved in the dispute. 15 1 7 Upon completion of a Public Works Project, the Contractor for himself and on behalf of all Subcontractors, shall file Affidavit of Wages Paid' forms. Forms properly executed by the Contractor and all Subcontractors shall be submitted with proper payment to Department of Labor and Industries, Industrial Insurance Division, Underwriting Section, General Administration Building, Olympia, WA 98504 Each Affidavit of Wages must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Clallam County Histonc Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 Industries before it is submitted to the Owner Copies of all required statements must be on file with the Owner before the retained percentage is released. 15 1 8 Upon completion of a Public Works project, the Contractor shall file a Release for the Protection of Property Owner and General Contractor" form (LI 206 -83 release 1 -67) with the Department of Labor and Industries. The Owner will not disburse final payment or the Retainage to the Contractor until a release has been issued by the Department of Labor and Industries Contractor shall pay for all costs of obtaining and filing all Labor and Industries forms. ARTICLE 16 OFFSHORE ITEMS 16 1 1 In compliance with RCW 39.25 the Contractor shall furnish the Owner a certified statement setting forth the nature and source to Offshore items in excess of $2,500 which have been utilized under each prime contract in the performance of the work. `Offshore Items are those items procured from sources beyond the territorial boundaries of the United States including Alaska and Hawaii. This certified statement is mandatory and shall be received before final payment is made on the contract. ARTICLE 17 PREVENTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC NATURAL RESOURCES 17 1 1 Pursuant to Chapter 62, Laws of 1973 1st Ex. Session, those provisions of federal, state and local statutes ordinances and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources that affect, or are affected by the herein described project are, to the extent they are reasonably obtainable, as follows: RCW 43.21 030 RCW 90 58 140 RCW 90 58 320 and RCW 70 94 152. Conform with the provisions thereof ARTICLE 18 DISCRIMINATION 18 1 1 The Contractor by entering this contract, agrees that Discrimination in all phases of employment is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Presidential Executive Order 11375 the Washington State Law Against Discrimination, Chapter 49 60 RCW and by Gubernatorial Executive Orders 66 -1 and 70 -01 among other laws and regulations. 18 1.2 During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows. 1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race creed color national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age marital status or the presence of any physical sensory or mental handicap nor shall the Contractor commit any of the other unfair practices defined in RCW 79 60 the Washington State Law Against Discrimination. 2. The Contractor will, in all solicitation or advertisements for employees placed by on without regard to race, creed color national origin sex, sexual orientation age marital status, or the presence of any physical, sensory or mental disability 3 The Contractor will send to each labor union, employment agency or representative of workers with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the labor union employment agency or workers representative of the. Contractor's commitments under this contract and RCW 49 60 the Washington State Law Against Discrimination Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 4 The Contractor will permit access to its books, records and accounts, and to its premises by the Owner or the Washington State Human Rights Commission for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with these specifications. 5 The Contractor will include the provisions of clauses, 1 through 4 above in every Subcontract or purchase order so that such provisions will be upon each Subcontractor or vendor ARTICLE 19 COUNTY /CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP 19 1 1 In the event that either the state or federal government determines that an employer employee relationship exists, rather than an independent contractor relationship such that Clallam County is deemed responsible for federal withholding, social security contributions and the like, the Contractor agrees to reimburse Clallam County for any payments made or required to be made by Clallam County Should any payments be due to the Contractor pursuant to this agreement, the Contractor agrees that reimbursement may be made by deducting from such future payments a pro rata share of the amount to be reimbursed based upon the following formula. Total amount to be reimbursed Deduction from payment Number of payments remaining. Notwithstanding a determination by the state or federal government that employer employee relationship exists, the Contractor its officers, employees and agents, shall not be entitled to any benefits which Clallam County provides to its employees, including but not limited to vacation and medical benefits. 19 1.2 The status of the Contractor hereunder is that of an independent contractor and the Contractor shall not be construed to be an employee of Clallam County As an independent contractor the Contractor is not entitled to any benefits available to employees of Clallam County and the Contractor is responsible for withholding any moneys required to be withheld from the Contractor's employees pursuant to local state or federal law including but not limited to worker's compensation, social security and taxes. END OF SECTION 00600 Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO List of Drawines Section 00860 LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET NUMBER SHEET CONTENTS A0 -1 COVER SHEET A1-1 LEVEL 2 AREA PLAN A1-2 PARTIAL SITE PLAN A1-3 LEVEL 2 DEMOLITION PLANS A1-4 LEVEL 2 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN A1-5 BELLTOWER PLANS A2 -1 LEVEL 2 PLANS END OF SECTION 00860 Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- List of Drawings Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Contract Description 1 Work includes, but is not limited to see Section 01100 Summary for Description. B The Contractor is responsible for verifying all systems assemblies and details of construction prepared by the Owner as being appropriate to and within the standard practices of the building trades involved. The Contractor and all of his subcontractors and sub subcontractors shall have reviewed all documents thoroughly and shall report all discrepancies, irregularities, and items that differ from standard practices during the bidding phase The Contractor shall also be responsible to ensure proper coordination between all trades and all the corresponding documentation directing those trades. The Contractor shall also be responsible for confirmation of all manufacturers instructions and special requirements of the use and application of their products. 2. WORK NOT IN CONTRACT A. NIC' (Not in Contract) items are as follows. 1 As noted in Drawings, if any 3. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. The Contractor shall have access only to the areas where the new work is to be executed The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner for staging construction and parking during construction which will be limited to the area of Work. Work times and dates shall be scheduled and approved by the Owner prior to start of work. B Contractor shall not access the upper level of facility for any reason. If access is required it must first be approved by Owner a minimum of three (3) days in advance. 4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The Contractor shall execute all cutting and patching of existing conditions with the same skilled workmen with the same material supplies, and with the same equipment as required for new work of the same type. 1 The cut and patched areas shall be left so that when the work of this Project is completed, all evidence of the cutting and patching is removed. 2, Texture, finish and color of new or patched areas shall match that of the existing /adjacent construction 5. UNIT PRICING A. Provide unit pricing for the following items: 1 None. Clallam County Histonc Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Requirements Section 01001 6. ALTERNATES A. None. 7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of specification to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements with a minimum of public service disruption. B Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. C Coordinate space requirements and installation of electrical work, which is indicated diagrammatically on Drawings Follow routing shown for conduit and wiring as closely as practicable D In finished areas, conceal pipes and wiring within the construction. 8. EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Submission of Bid means acceptance of existing conditions. 9. PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer sealer or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond 10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. See Section 01330 Submittal Procedures. B Submittal form to identify Project, Contractor Subcontractor or supplier and pertinent Contract Document references. C Apply Contractor's stamp signed or initialed certifying that review verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents, prior to submitting the submittal for review by the Owner or Owner's representative Architect. D Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations, which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. E. Revise and submit submittals as required identify all changes made since previous submittal 11 QUALITY ASSURANCE CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. See Section 01400 Quality Requirements. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 B Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality or when no level of quality is specified perform Work as would be standard for a custom installation C Comply with manufacturers instructions. B Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship 12. TOLERANCES A. Monitor tolerance control of installed Products over suppliers manufacturers Products site conditions, and workmanship to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B Comply fully with manufacturers tolerances 13. REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standards applicable for each system, product, or assembly as commonly applied to each trade or discipline for this type of work and level of quality specified or implied by date of issue current as of date of Contract Documents B Should specified reference standard conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Owner before proceeding. 14 ELECTRICITY A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls and Section 16000 General Electrical Provisions. B Contractor shall be responsible for Electrical Permit and inspections as required. 15. LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. 16. WATER A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 17 SANITARY FACILITIES A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Building facilities may not be used by Contractor 18. ENCLOSURES Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Provide temporary enclosures for protection of adjacent existing conditions, and barriers to protect the adjacent room from construction dust and fumes. Provide adequate fencing to secure site from public users. 19. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. 20 SECURITY A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Provide security and facilities to protect Work and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry vandalism, or theft. 21 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls B Collect and maintain areas free of waste materials debris, and rubbish Maintain construction area in a clean and orderly condition Contractor responsible for all costs involved in waste removal 22. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Remove temporary utilities equipment, facilities and materials prior to Final Completion review C Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. B Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 23. PRODUCTS A. See Section 01600 Product Requirements. B Products. means new material, machinery components equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. C Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically identified or allowed by the Contract Documents. Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 D Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced and /or added in addition to existing components, e.g. lighting switches receptacles, etc. 24 TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Transport, handle store, and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 25. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures B Submit written certification the Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected and that Work is complete in accordance with the General Conditions and the Contract Documents and ready for Owner inspection. C Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum /Price previous payments, and amount remaining due D Complete and submit all required documentation covered in this Project Manual and the drawings. 26. FINAL CLEANING A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures B Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. C Thoroughly clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 27 ADJUSTING A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 28. WARRANTIES A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Provide duplicate notarized copies. C Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. D Submit prior to final Application for Payment. END OF SECTION 01001 Clallam County Histonc Courthouse Upgrade Project June 2010 Division 00- General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following 1 Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of the Contract. 3 Work phases. 4 Use of premises. 5 Owner's occupancy requirements. 6 Work restrictions. 7 Specification formats and conventions. 1 3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project. 1 Project Location 223 East Fourth Street, Port Angeles, Washington 98362 B Owner Clallam County 223 East Forth St. Port Angeles, Washington 98362. 1 Owner's Representative Joel Winborn, 223 East Fourth St. Suite 7 Port Angeles, Washington 98362. C Architect: Michael Beaman Beaman Architecture Ltd. P 0 Box 86038 Portland, Oregon 97286 D The Work consists of the following. 1 The Work includes Interior and Exterior Upgrades for the Historic Clallam County Courthouse. 1 4 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1 5 WORK PHASES CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. The Work shall be conducted in 3 phases in the following order with each phase substantially complete before beginning the next phase SUMMARY 01100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PHASE 1 EXTENSION OFFICE LAW LIBRARY TEMPORARY MOVE 1 2 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CONTRACTOR MOVE ALL FURNISHINGS AND REQUIRED CABINETRY TO COURTHOUSE LOBBY CONTRACTOR RENOVATE EXTENSION OFFICE AND LAW LIBRARY AS INDICATED 4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FINAL COMPLETION CONTRACT RELOCATE ALL MOVE ALL FURNISHINGS 5 AND REQUIRED CABINETRY BACK INTO AREAS TO AS- FOUND CONDITION 6 EXTENSION OFFICE LAW LIBRARY MOVE -IN PHASE 2 PARKS FAIR FACILITIES ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH TEMPORARY MOVE 1 2 3 CONTRACTOR MOVE ALL FURNISHINGS AND REQUIRED CABINETRY TO COURTHOUSE LOBBY CONTRACTOR RENOVATE PARKS FAIR FACILITIES ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AS INDICATED 4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FINAL COMPLETION 6 CONTRACT RELOCATE ALL MOVE ALL FURNISHINGS 5 AND REQUIRED CABINETRY BACK INTO AREAS TO AS -FOUND CONDITION PARKS FAIR FACILITIES ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH MOVE -IN PHASE 3 CONTRACTOR PREP LOBBY FOR FLOOR RESTORATION 1 2 CONTRACTOR RESTORE LOBBY FLOOR AS INDICATED 3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FINAL COMPLETION 1 6 USE OF PREMISES 7 CALENDAR DAYS 2 CALENDAR DAYS 30 CALENDAR DAYS 7 CALENDAR DAYS 2 CALENDAR DAYS 7 CALENDAR DAYS 7 CALENDAR DAYS 2 CALENDAR DAYS 30 CALENDAR DAYS 7 CALENDAR DAYS 2 CALENDAR DAYS 7 CALENDAR DAYS 2 CALENDAR DAYS 15 CALENDAR DAYS 7 CALENDAR DAYS B Before commencing Work of each phase submit a schedule showing the sequence, commencement and completion dates, and move -out and -in dates of Owner's personnel for all phases of the Work. A. General Contractor shall have limited use of the building for construction operations, and partial use of Project site, during construction period Contractor's use of premises is limited SUMMARY 01100 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT only by Owner's right to perform work, to retain other contractors on portions of Project or access required by County Staff and the Public. B Use of Site Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1 Owner Occupancy Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site and use by the public. 2. Driveways and Entrances Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site C Use of Existing Building Maintain existing building in a weather tight condition throughout construction period Repair damage caused by construction operations Protect building and its occupants during construction period. 1 7 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Partial Owner Occupancy Owner and Owner's Tenants will occupy the premises during entire construction period with the exception of areas under construction Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1 Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways corridors or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction 2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building before Substantial Completion provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1 Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy 3 Before partial Owner occupancy mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed On occupancy Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building 4 On occupancy Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. SUMMARY 01100 3 1 8 WORK RESTRICTIONS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. On -Site Work Hours. Work shall be generally performed inside the existing building during normal business working hours of 7 00 a.m. to 5 00 p m. Monday through Friday except otherwise indicated. 1 Weekend Hours: 7 00 a.m. to 5 00 p m. 2. Early Morning Hours. Verify with authorities having jurisdiction for restrictions on noisy work. 3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns Coordinate with Owner 4 Hours for Core Drilling or Concrete Saw Cutting Verify with authorities having jurisdiction for restrictions on noisy work. B Existing Utility Interruptions Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated 1 Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 1 9 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16- division format and the CSI /CSC 'Master Format' numbering system. 1 Section Identification. The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross referencing in the Contract Documents Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the Contract Documents. 2. Division 1 Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications B Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows. 1 Abbreviated Language Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated shall be inferred, as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor Occasionally the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted a. The words "shall 'shall be, or 'shall comply with depending on the context, are implied where a colon is used within a sentence or phrase. SUMMARY 01100 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 SUMMARY CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 01100 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Product Requirements' for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award 1 3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time on Architect's Supplemental Instructions form included at end of Part 3 1 4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner Initiated Proposal Requests. Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time If necessary the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications 1 Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 20 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to changes in activity duration start and finish times, and activity relationship Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 1 B Contractor Initiated Proposals. If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect. 1 Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made If requested furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3 Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental and amounts of trade discounts. 4 Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change 5 Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change including, but not limited to changes in activity duration start and finish times and activity relationship Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6 Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Product Requirements' if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified 7 Proposal Request Form. Use form acceptable to Architect for Proposal Requests 1 5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on Architect's form included at end of Section PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01250 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 2 ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS A.M. 060,,Aii!''1 "1 4- G 7 10 on reverse Side) PROJ ECT (Parne. addrss) OWNER. ,DATE OF ISSLANCE. TO (Contractor), CONTRACT FOR CONTRACT -DATED. The Work shall be carried chit in aecordance witli the lolloWirig si10plemental ingtuctions issued in accordance With the Contract_ Documents without Ctiange. in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Proem:lips with the Wbrk..in accordance With thek iristructioris. indicates your acknowledgement that there will be no .chari& in .thL &iontract Sum or -COntract Time Description. kttachments: (Ifere inserrh teng flocuTen IxjZ Support desalpilon.) ISM: ED BY Architect ARCHITECTS-SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION \O kRCHITECT 8RCRIT FCT'S ER( )JECT CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT 'il710" A Rain SUPPLEWNTAL 1;■Si itUCT1ONS 1992 EDF/16N .41A 1992 iNs'iltu'rr. AK. 1'735 NEW YORK AVI:N.:,* NW WASI N DX; Z600675209 IN.ARNNG:ithtficandecl photactiaying viola* US. dap/right lawand wifl stiblatt the violator to lagai'p'rtsadutiart Owner k chitcct 0 Consultant Contractor Field Other G7104992 PROJECT Name and address): TO CONTRACTOR (Name:and address): THE CONTRACT IS CHANGED AS FOLLOWS (Include. 'here applicable:. any undisputed &mount attributable /0 previously executed Construction. Change Oirectives) The original:(Contract Sum)_(Guaranteed Maximbin.P• ice) was a The net change -by. previously authoriied•ChangeOrders. S The .(Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price)-:prior to.this'Change Order .vas: The Contract" Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) v.ill:be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order in the amount of The net (CantractStith) (Guaranteed-,Maximum. Price): including this Change Orderrlill.be 5 The .Ct ntractTime wilI be (increased), (decreased) (unchanged) :by days The date 'of Substantial Corriptetion.as of:•ttie.date of this Change Order. therefore is NOTE: This Change Order -hoes not include changes:in the Contract Sum. Contract Tittle or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been authorized by Construction Change Directive until the cost and time have been agreed upon by both the Owner and Contractor, in t:'hich case a Change Order is executed to supersede the Construction Change Directive. NOT VALID UNTIL SIGNED BY THE ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR AND OWNER. ARCHITECT (Firm name) ADDRESS BY (Signature): (Typed Warne) DATE j Contract Administrat G701 Change Order (Instructions on:the reverse side) CONTRACTOR (Firm name) ADDRESS BY (Signature) (Typed name) DATE CHANGE" ORDER NUMBER: DATE: .ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBE CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACT FOR: OWNER (Firm name) ADDRESS BY (Signature) (Typed name) DATE Oistrihution List: 0+ mer Architect Contractbr Field Other CAUTION; ynty,,should I MA Cor tct )icurn5nt. on ,hich this .c FIED. An or et ra. ar ores ohah9 rill. b o= sc RIA DocumentG701 Change QriierQ.2001.The American Institute of ArchitectS Washington DC tiywwaia.org WAh1•4ING. Reoraduction, untrcensR d photocaoying or st.bstantiat quotation 'of the Material herein-wit gout written permission. ©f the AlA violates the conyrlg ^t't3 ot'the United' States :end, v. subject the violator to tegai liroscautioa •To reporrcopyright violations. o1AIA Contract Documents :,e mail The American Institute oh Architects' legal: counsel. copyright paiii.org. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Contract Modification Procedures' for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1 4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination. Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1 Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following. a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b Submittals Schedule. c. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1 Identification Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT b Name of Architect. c. County's project number d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator e. Name of supplier f Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value 1 5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3 Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts where appropriate Include separate line items under required principal subcontracts for operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record Documents, and demonstration and training in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum. 4 Round amounts to nearest whole dollar total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5 Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored but not yet installed a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing, if required 6 Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7 Allowances Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance Show line -item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 8 Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9 Schedule Updating. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B Payment Application Times. The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor The period of construction Work, covered by each Application for Payment, is the period indicated in the Agreement. C Payment Application Times. Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect, prior to the last day of each calendar month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month ending on the last day of the month. D Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation Complete every entry on form Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1 Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application F Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1 Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G Waivers of Mechanic's Lien. With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub subcontractors and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application 1 Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, before deduction for retainage on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3 Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers 4 Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application that is lawfully entitled to a lien 5 Waiver Forms. Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner H Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1 List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3 Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final) 4 Products list. 5 Schedule of unit prices. 6 Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final) 7 List of Contractor's staff assignments. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 3 8 Copies of building permits. 9 Initial progress report. 10 Report of pre- construction conference. 11 Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Performance and payment bonds 13 Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1 Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J Final Payment Application. Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following 1 Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3 Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4 AIA Document G706 'Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. 5 AIA Document G706A, 'Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. 6 AIA Document G707 'Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 7 Evidence that claims have been settled 8 Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01290 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 4 OW MO MI 111•11 11111111 ow mit :at mon ma All MN OM MI. IMO APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT vr\ t I MEN t 02 1 (.nstructions.or r'cv ker OM i or PAk t:s \P1>1,1( ATION N(.) RRIBOI) TO T 'NOS; :02()Nl t. ON 1 itAt: TOR C;ONTIOCI: FOR CONTRACTOR'S APPLICATION :FOR PAY.MENT Atiplicaorip k rpakje fo 1 .>4 y m( as shown conhetatOn vith ht.. (..01 Oliti111,14011 Sheet AIA:bocum'ent c/i is attached' ORIGINAL :CONTRA CT .0M Net tiiangel:1 Change Orders -i CONTRACT SUM TOMATE 2). TOTAL :COMPLETED .STORED TO. OAT( on- .FMTAINAG4. te. S- ((.01utiins Mitt b. •Storeil Material ((olrinir''Y oh (r Retainagk. (Eink, 5a. .1 51) OF TOlai; in-Cp1p11.111 1 •(.1f RETAINAG (Line. ;.1 :less f.ini] 5 'total) LESS PIWVIOUS-cERtIPIOATEs FOR h 1 S 1 tLifl ,:troni. Crititit ate). CURRENT layivipsit,pue BALANCE TO FINISH, INOWDINg: RETAINAGE .(:11 1 0( f()Abf:k A1)DiTiOS clikpagt. 11. preVious by Ow nt.'1' Tht:it 'App II1IS M NUT C11.1.1\161!S tuntk, •Dri51ct4)‘; Thk, tindersignet (J.?nt radpr c'e4i1" thaio.ffic.'hesc of he Contractor s.knowkUge infor \X0r1 thts.Applica Pavinklit has7licen cEint Mete& in accordance .With the -(;cintrt0s.f. DocurnentS, t hat all amounts. have been paict by the ...CARIB -for Work fir which previoils Certtlit.ates for Payntent-Were issue4.and pay -(Itch6reCe yeti from the ;Owner and hat orient :payment 'shown-liereitt,is. now 4:ft0 (,ONTR;V: TOR. By -Date S att. Ckilintv of Subscribed ;010 invorti t eftire this day. of 'Notary Rtiblie ON.1;pc,71:: 12.);Vij AlkDOQUMENT G702 M>i ION ANI) 199. 11)11 ION AIA• 992' '111F. Ilt 11 1 ukka 1 TS, WESII 1 I\ ,t/L :(1!*3 9 WARNING Unitconieci .photocopying viofates.:O.S. Copyright laws and voll1Lsuelact the violator to legal proiecutiOn. ribut ()\VNER kR(.1,111`1(: 1 TOR li Li AFICHITCT'$ CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT' aci:(0 Nyt thitirContrac(T)ocurnents, l):1C4I(4fl 0'IlSiIL obServa t ions and -thk. clam ckiniprising .hi Ip1ir.atiot tI. At ititek.a.certities to Ihk. ()wrier that to "'he 'best of till Nrchirek:I. in.orrnarton 1110 bcitc I. 1114 \\ink has.pion.ssed t. iticli4 d0d tli qualitv of lc 'Nlc -is accortianct it.h tot: (tintrat.Pkictinierti, actor .is entitled 0) paynlent Of file .'41\401 Ni l CERTIFIED. 060NT' ;QP#IFIED, (4//(46.).(pplthui io .e-fi ilot..c19" 1/1('d riatforc froni. the 6thein liptiviij or .1 iv t iq I gre? Applical /or! (414,1.1:m 'be 'thy,- a c i? (be Wort :cert alied AI{( l'IKIT( 1 his Cerr,f0.—te.;iS not. k, oliab A T OUN-(-, E,RT II..1.1 i\ 11)34 T 1i)le the On ,1IZILIOI IllL.d lik.reity Issuance payrneut :0)0 aere ot parITICM arc without 1)rett.0.10:k.. to ,k,ty rights kit he. Owner-or -(ontractOr,Orider this;Contract G702-1992 CAUTION:')/dit sh�uld use an original'AIA dOcUment which has this caution printeCtiri red. An:original assures that Oanges'iivil!:riot he (*soured aS rnay occur,Whoti documents are reproduced. CONTINUATION: SHEET (0°3 sio P S A y Qixtin)ent NP.PIA (:ATION AI*)'(:. E141).1( A'il' FO1 'AY14EFNT .(onu1ing(ontactor' sigiicd Ceytificltiorl: li attaC't,le0 in a&uhflions 1)0)w 4rc1Uots are to the pcatvsC on ,6ontritcts .NN;herc. waria*Tccainage 'or line icri;I.y DEsuiiKrieo OF \WORK. F AppEicATioN, Pi7R100 1)0Y A kt.1:1 i RIO WoRk MAi 4>RI:iiiE:NITIA VONIPLETED• PPL 11 AFIQN AND/sTQR Fr.Z pk IF vi sTpuD f. AIA DOCUMENT G703 Al ioN sriELTTOH 1 4199: EDIvilON "1i11 ,‘,AmiL1111:AN iNST 1 TT: 91 At( 11111 17 V, NE* YORK NVENCE N9 wASiiic )N,:pc 20006 WARNING Unhceneei;Lphetocoitying violates U.S copyright lawe and will subject the violator to legal OroseOotion; (t, pALAN..f.:E TO •(y) (1 G703-1992 CAUT1014: You should use an onginat:AI/Vdacume tAthich.hog this oat.itinn)pi in reci. An origi nal a stires ttat:chengeS will nefhe *cured as may occur when clocinents are reproduced. AM NI* iiis: all :0104. 1011p. OM pill oil ail: tit IS "Oil "Op 10. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to the following 1 Coordination Drawings 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel 3 Project meetings. 4 Requests for Interpretation (RFIs) B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for preparing and submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 13 DEFINITIONS A. RFI Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents 14 COORDINATION A. Coordination. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation connection, and operation 1 Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 3 Where availability of space is limited coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. B Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination Include such items as required notices, reports and list of attendees at meetings. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 1 C Administrative Procedures. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include but are not limited to the following: 1 Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4 Delivery and processing of submittals. 5 Progress meetings. 6 Pre installation conferences 7 Project closeout activities. 8 Startup and adjustment of systems 9 Project closeout activities D Conservation. Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy water and materials 1 Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of but not actually incorporated into the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property 15 SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Coordination Drawings Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. 1 Content: Project specific information drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the following information as applicable a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural structural civil, mechanical and electrical systems. b Indicate required installation sequences. c. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to the Architect for resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 2. Sheet Size. At least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 22 by 34 inches. 3 Number of Copies: Submit two opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will return one copy a. Submit five copies where Coordination Drawings are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain one copy remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing 4 Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. B Key Personnel Names Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1 Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone Keep list current at all times. 1 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 1 Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors 1 7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated 1 Attendees. Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees 3 Minutes. Record significant discussions and agreements achieved Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B Pre construction Conference Schedule a pre- construction conference before starting construction at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 1 Attendees. Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda. Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following a. Tentative construction schedule b Phasing c. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items d Designation of key personnel and their duties. e Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f Procedures for RFIs. g. Procedures for testing and inspecting. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. Distribution of the Contract Documents. j. Submittal procedures. k. Preparation of Record Documents. I. Use of the premises. m. Work restrictions. n. Owner's occupancy requirements. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT o Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls p Construction waste management and recycling. q. Parking availability r Office, work, and storage areas. s Equipment deliveries and priorities. t. First aid. u. Security Progress cleaning. w Working hours. 3 Minutes Record and distribute meeting minutes. C Pre installation Conferences Conduct a pre installation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction 1 Attendees. Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow shall attend the meeting Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following a. The Contract Documents. b Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f Deliveries g. Submittals. h. Possible conflicts. Compatibility problems. Time schedules k. Weather limitations Manufacturer's written recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o Acceptability of substrates p Temporary facilities and controls. q. Space and access limitations r Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. Required performance results. w Protection of adjacent work. x. Protection of construction and personnel 3 Record significant conference discussions agreements and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4 Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. 5 Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Progress Meetings. Conduct progress meetings at bi- weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 1 Attendees. In addition to representatives of Owner each contractor subcontractor supplier and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule Review progress since the last meeting Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited secure commitments from parties involved to do so Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time 1) Review schedule for next period b Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off -site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning 12) Quality and work standards 13) Status of correction of deficient items. 14) Field observations. 15) RFIs 16) Status of proposal requests. 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3 Minutes. Record the meeting minutes. 4 Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 8 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) A. Procedure Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified 1 RFIs shall originate with Contractor RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B Content of the RFI Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1 Project name. 2. Date 3 Name of Contractor 4 Name of Architect. 5 RFI number numbered sequentially 6 Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate 7 Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8 Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate 9 Contractor's suggested solution(s) If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI 10 Contractor's signature 11 Attachments Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thickness, structural grid references and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments. C Hard -Copy RFIs. Hard -Copy RFIs are not allowed. D Software- Generated RFIs Sample Form at End of this Section 1 identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number 2. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. 3 All RFIs are to be submitted electronically via email E. Architect's Action. Architect will review each RFI determine action required and return it. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI RFIs received after 1 00 p m. will be considered as received the following working day 1 The following RFIs will be returned without action. a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will start again 3 Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section 'Contract Modification Procedures. a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. F On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response G RFI Log: Prepare maintain and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number Submit log weekly Software log with not less than the following 1 Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor 3 Name and address of Architect. 4 RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted 5 RFI description 6 Date the RFI was submitted. 7 Date Architect's response was received. 8 Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9 Identification of related Field Order Work Change Directive and Proposal Request, as appropriate PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 7 REQUEST REPLY CONTRACTOR NAME CONTRACTOR ADDRESS REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION PROJECT Clallam County Historic Courthouse RFI NO Upgrade Project CONTRACTOR. DATE. DOCUMENT REFERENCE. DESCRIPTION REPLY REQUIRED BY SIGNED SIGNED DATE. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01315 ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for electronic media on the Project including, but not limited to the following 1 Use of electronic communications. 2. Electronic media. 1 3 USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS A. Provide for electronic communications with the Architect utilizing computer hardware and soft- ware as approved by the Architect, including the following 1 Word Processing Microsoft Word (Latest Version) (MS Word) 2. Spread Sheets. Microsoft Excel (MS Excel) 3 E -Mail Any standard service provider offering transmittal of E -Mail messages and MS Word, MS Excel, txt, bmp of pic, and similar files as attachments. 4 Computer Aided Design (CAD) If used by the Contractor the software must, in some conventionally manageable way be compatible with AutoCad V2002. B Unless otherwise provided for communications between the Contractor and the Architect should utilize electronic communications for the following 1 Request for Interpretation (RFI) 2. Modification Proposal Request. 3 Submittals 4 Other as directed. 1 4 ELECTRONIC MEDIA A. Standard forms. Standard forms required by the Contract Documents will be provided in elec tronic media to the Contractor B Construction Documents (Specifications and Drawings) 1 All requests for copies of the Construction Documents will be made through the Contrac tor requests by subcontractors or vendors will not be acknowledged. The Contractor will be responsible for the distribution of electronic media to the Contractor's subcontractors and suppliers. ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS 01315 -1 2. Copies of the Construction Documents will be made available to the Contractor subject to the following PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Electronic record drawings for all disciplines, except where specifically required in specifications (i.e Control Systems, Fire Protection Systems, etc.) are to be completed by Contractor from Contractor's redline as -built drawings. Contractor is required to complete both as- built, and re- cord drawings as defined in Section 01770 'Closeout Procedures PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01315 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Release. The Contractor will sign and return to the Architect, the Electronic Media Release Form included as part of this Section, and will reimburse the Architect the designated fee before any electronic media is released. b Documents are AutoCad Version 2002 and will not be modified by the Architect for Contractor's use. ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS 01315 2 ELECTRONIC MEDIA RELEASE This release for electronic media is dated the between the Contractor and Beaman Architecture, Ltd. It is understood that the Contractor has requested to have Beaman Architecture, Ltd supply to the Contractor electronic media containing information on the Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project (hereinafter referred to as the Project) for use by the Contractor or others as the Contractor deems appropriate. Therefore the Contractor and Beaman Architecture, Ltd. agree as follows. The electronic files provided to the Contractor by Beaman Architecture Ltd for the Project may be used by the Contractor for the processing of submittals for the Project. If the Contractor chooses to use or alter in any way in whole or in part, the electronic files provided for the Project, the Contractor agrees that such use shall be without liability or legal exposure to Beaman Architecture Ltd Because information and data provided electronically may be altered, whether inadvertently or otherwise the electronic files are provided solely as a convenience to the Contractor by Beaman Architecture, Ltd and shall NOT be considered Drawings of Record' or as 'Construction Documents. All documents considered 'Drawings of Record' or 'Construction Documents shall be HARDCOPY and shall be accompanied by a professional's stamp and signature. The HARDCOPY shall be referred to and shall govern in the event of any inconsistency between the HARDCOPY and the information provided electronically All identification (such as logo surveyor's seal etc.) reflecting the involvement of Beaman Architecture Ltd. in their preparation shall be removed from the electronic data. The Contractor is advised to check all electronic media for computer viruses before loading the files. The Contractor is fully responsible for intercepting and disabling viruses, if any that may be inadvertently transmitted with the electronic files and hereby agrees, to indemnify and hold Beaman Architecture Ltd harmless, from and against all claims, of any type or nature asserted by the Contractor or any party as a result of viruses inadvertently transmitted with the electronic files. Files distributed electronically are subject to data erosion erasure alteration, and /or systems and software become obsolete in time By accepting these electronic files, the Contractor acknowledges these risks and agrees to waive all claims against Beaman Architecture Ltd. should erosion erasure and or alteration of these electronic files occurs. Signed: Signed: Beaman Architecture Ltd. Title Company Date. Title. Job No Date: ELECTRONIC MEDIA RELEASE 01315 (FORM) CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1 Preliminary Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule 3 Submittals Schedule 4 Construction reports. 5 Field condition reports. 6 Special reports. B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures' for submitting the Schedule of Values 2. Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination' for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes 3 Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for submitting schedules and reports. 4 Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements' for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Activity A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning scheduling monitoring and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1 Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity' An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3 Successor Activity An activity that follows another activity in the network. B Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by Architect. C CPM Critical path method which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Critical Path. The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity F Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity 1 Float time belongs to Owner 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity 3 Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. G Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail. H Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building or a similar significant construction element. Milestone. A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement. J Network Diagram. A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity relationships. K. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data. For scheduling consultant. B Submittals Schedule. Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1 Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title 3 Submittal category (action or informational) 4 Name of subcontractor 5 Description of the Work covered. 6 Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval C Preliminary Construction Schedule. Submit two opaque copies. 1 1 Approval of cost loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of Schedule of Values for cost loaded activities. D Contractor's Construction Schedule. Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. 1 Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD -R, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label. E. Construction Reports. Submit two copies at weekly intervals CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT F Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. G Special Reports. Submit two copies at time of unusual event. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications. An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architects request. 16 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1 Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation. Submit a schedule of submittals arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review re- submittal ordering manufacturing fabrication and delivery when establishing dates. 1 Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Initial Submittal Submit concurrently with preliminary bar -chart schedule Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead -time for manufacture or fabrication. a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule, instead of tabulating them separately 3 Final Submittal Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Procedures. Comply with procedures contained in the AGC 'Construction Planning Scheduling. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B Time Frame. Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed, to date of Final Completion 1 Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date unless specifically authorized by Change Order C Activities. Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following. 1 Activity Duration. Define activities so no activity is !anger than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities. Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days as separate activities in schedule Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery 3 Submittal Review Time. Include review and re- submittal times indicated in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4 Startup and Testing Time. Include not less than 21 days for startup and testing. 5 Substantial Completion. Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. D Constraints Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1 Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3 Work by Owner Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner 4 Products Ordered in Advance. Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section 'Summary Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date 5 Owner Furnished Products. Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section 'Summary Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6 Work Restrictions. Show the effect of the following items on the schedule. a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion e. Use of premises restrictions. f Provisions for future construction. g Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control 7 Work Stages. Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to the following a. Subcontract awards. b Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication f Sample testing. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 4 g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. Adjusting k. Curing Startup and placement into final use and operation 8. Area Separations. Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Permanent space enclosure. c. Completion of mechanical installation. d. Completion of electrical installation. e. Substantial Completion. E. Milestones. Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. F Contract Modifications. For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission prepare a time impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule G Computer Software. Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 1 Microsoft Project. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed B Preparation. Indicate each significant construction activity separately Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line Outline significant construction activities for first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. CPM Schedule. Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized, time scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1 Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 2. Use 'one workday' as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule B CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary network diagram prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Activities. Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities. a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b Mobilization and demobilization c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery e. Fabrication. f Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h Testing. 2. Critical Path Activities. Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3 Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer- drawn, time scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4 Format: Mark the critical path Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. C Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1 Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3 Changes in early and late finish dates. 4 Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5 Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7 Changes in the Contract Time. 2.5 REPORTS A. Construction Reports: Prepare a weekly construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site. 1 List of subcontractors at Project site 2. List of separate contractors at Project site 3 Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4 Equipment at Project site. 5 Material deliveries. 6 High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 7 Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9 Unusual events (refer to special reports) 10 Stoppages, delays shortages, and losses. 11 Emergency procedures. 12. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 13 Change Orders received and implemented. 14 Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 15 Services connected and disconnected. 16 Equipment or system tests and startups. 17 Partial Completions and occupancies. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 6 18 Substantial Completions authorized. B Field Condition Reports. Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for interpretation. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 2.6 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence B Reporting Unusual Events. When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable PART 3 EXECUTION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling 1 In -House Option. Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications. 2. Meetings Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact. B Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting 1 Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including but not limited to changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes and activity durations. 3 As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity C Distribution Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility 1 Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 7 END OF SECTION 01320 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 8 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01322 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1 Pre construction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for submitting photographic documentation. 2. Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting digital media as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. 13 SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan. Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph Indicate elevation or story of construction Include same label information as corresponding set of photographs. B Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view within seven days of taking photographs 1 Format: 8 -by -10 -inch smooth surface matte prints on single- weight commercial -grade photographic paper punched for standard 3 -ring binder 2. Identification. On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber stamped impression with the following information. a. Name of Project. b Name and address of photographer c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor e. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera. f Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. g. Unique sequential identifier 3 Digital Images. Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files as a Project Record Document on CD -ROM Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor un- cropped PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 -1 14 COORDINATION A. Auxiliary Services. Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities, including temporary lighting required to produce clear well -lit photographs without obscuring shadows. 1 5 USAGE RIGHTS A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation. 1 6 EXTRA PRINTS A. Extra Prints. If requested by Architect, photographer shall prepare extra prints of photographs Photographer shall distribute these prints directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for extra prints. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Digital Images. Provide images in uncompressed JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 11 0 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 1600 by 1200 pixels. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. General Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out -of -focus areas will not be accepted 1 Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. B Digital Images. Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image- editing software 1 Date and Time Include date and time in filename for each image 2. Field Office Images. Maintain one set of images on CD -ROM in the field office at Project site, available at all times for reference Identify images same as for those submitted to Architect. C Pre construction Photographs. Before starting construction, take color digital photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction from different vantage points, as directed by Architect. 1 Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 2 2. Take eight photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3 Take eight photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction 4 Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements. D Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 12 color digital photographs weekly with timing each month adjusted to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. E. Architect Directed Construction Photographs From time to time, Architect will instruct photographer about number and frequency of color digital photographs and general directions on vantage points Select actual vantage points and take photographs to show the status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. F Final Completion Construction Photographs. Take eight color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents Architect will direct photographer for desired vantage points. 1 Do not include date stamp G Additional Photographs Architect may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum. 1 Three days' notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3 Circumstances that could require additional photographs include but are not limited to the following: END OF SECTION 01322 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Special events planned at Project site. b Immediate follow -up when on -site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit -cost allowances d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance f Owner's request for special publicity photographs. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B Related Sections include the following. 1 Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures' for submitting Applications for Payment and the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination' for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings 3 Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule 4 Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements' for submitting test and inspection reports and for mockup requirements. 5 Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting warranties, Project Record Documents and maintenance manuals. 6 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action B Informational Submittals Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements 1 4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by the Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. Contractor is to reimburse Architect for all costs associated with handling, processing delivery etc. of Contractor's request. B Coordination. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1 Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing testing delivery other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT C Submittals Schedule. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. D Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review including time for re- submittals as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1 Initial Review AIIow 5 days for initial review of each submittal Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination 2. Concurrent Review Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner or other parties is required allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal 3 Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor 4 Concurrent Consultant Review Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor 5 If intermediate submittal is necessary process it in the same manner as initial submittal 6 AIIow 15 days for processing each re- submittal 7 No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. E. Identification. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1 Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3 Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor e Name and address of subcontractor f Name and address of supplier g. Name of manufacturer h. Unique identifier including revision number Number and title of appropriate Specification Section Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. Other necessary identification. F Deviations. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor 1 Transmittal Form. Use facsimile of sample form at end of Section 2. Include the following information SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 2 H Distribution. Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers authorities having jurisdiction and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Use for Construction Use only final submittals with mark indicating 'action' taken by Architect in connection with construction. 1 5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECTS CAD FILES A. General At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the conditions listed in Section 01315 and 1 4.A. PART 2 PRODUCTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Project name. b Date c. Destination (To d. Source (From:) e. Names of subcontractor manufacturer and supplier f Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. Submittal and transmittal distribution record k. Remarks. I. Signature of transmitter 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections 1 Number of Copies Submit three copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2. Number of Copies. Submit copies of each submittal, as follows, unless otherwise indicated a. Initial Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of each submittal where selection of options, color pattern, texture or similar characteristics is required. Architect will return submittal with options selected. b Final Submittal: Submit three copies, unless copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five copies where copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain one copy remainder will be returned Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. B Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1 If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 Include the following information, as applicable. a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b Manufacturer's product specifications c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f Wiring diagrams showing factory- installed wiring g Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. I. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements C Shop Drawings. Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1 Preparation Include the following information as applicable. a. Dimensions. b Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field- installed wiring including power signal and control wiring f Shop -work manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules Design calculations Compliance with specified standards k. Notation of coordination. requirements. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o Wiring Diagrams Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field- installed wiring. 2. Sheet Size. Except for templates patterns, and similar full -size drawings submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 3 Number of Copies. Submit copies of each submittal, as follows: a. Initial Submittal: Submit two blue- or black -line prints. Architect will return one print. b Final Submittal Submit three black -line prints, unless prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five prints where prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain one print; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned print as a Project Record Drawing. D Coordination Drawings. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination. E. Samples Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements' for mockups 2. Samples for Initial Selection. Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 3 Samples for Verification. Submit full -size units or Samples of size indicated prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to the following partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of repetitively used materials, swatches showing color texture, and pattern, color range sets, and components used for independent testing and inspection 4 Preparation Mount, display or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architects sample where so indicated Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer c. Sample source 5 Additional Information. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead provide the following: a. Size limitations. b. Compliance with recognized standards c. Availability d Delivery time. 6 Submit Samples for review of kind, color pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color pattern, texture or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations. b Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship fabrication techniques details of assembly connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. 7 Number of Samples for Initial Selection. Submit one full set of available choices where color pattern, texture, or similar characteristics, are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 8 Number of Samples for Verification. Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample set; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 9 Disposition. Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property are the property of Contractor SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT F Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location Include the following information in tabular form: 1 Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3 Location within room or space G Contractor's Construction Schedule. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for Construction Manager's action H Submittals Schedule. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures. J Schedule of Values Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures. K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use form at end of Section 1 Number of Copies Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General. Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1 Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of Contractor testing agency or design professional responsible for preparing certification Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company 3 Test and Inspection Reports. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements. B Contractor's Construction Schedule Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation C Qualification Data. Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D Welding Certificates Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT E. Installer Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project. F Manufacturer Certificates Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. G Product Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. H Material Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. I Material Test Reports. Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. J Product Test Reports. Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency K. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section L. Manufacturer's Instructions. Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer Include the following, as applicable: 1 Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances 3 Sequence of installation or erection 4 Required installation tolerances. 5 Required adjustments. 6 Recommendations for cleaning and protection. M Manufacturer's Field Reports Prepare written information documenting factory- authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable 1 Name address, and telephone number of factory- authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4 Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and if not, what corrective action was taken. 5 Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6 Statement whether conditions, products and installation will affect warranty 7 Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. N Insurance Certificates and Bonds. Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage amounts of deductibles, if any and term of the coverage SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 7 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT O Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's): Submit information directly to Owner If submitted to Architect, Architect will not review this information and will return it with no action taken. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B Approval Stamp Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp Include Project name and location submittal number Specification Section title and number name of reviewer date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action B Action Submittals. Architect will review each submittal make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken as follows NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED IMPLEMENT EXCEPTIONS NOTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT REJECTED This conditional review is limited in scope and not detailed and is only for conformance with design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirming quantities verifying dimensions, selecting fabrication procedures, construction techniques, coordinating and safely performing the Work. The Architect has not reviewed and is not responsible for substitutions to or deviations from the Contract Documents not clearly noted by the Contractor and specifically accepted by the Architect in writing or by the Architect's issuance of a Field Order By Date: BEAMAN ARCHITECTURE, LTD C Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party D Partial submittals are not acceptable will be considered non responsive and will be returned without review SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 8 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded END OF SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 9 Contract Administration G81 0,Ti7ansmittal: Letter PROJECT Nanw.and address, TO (Atanie.and address): FROM: (Name and addre 'Instr)ctiOns on !he rroverse.siO) WE' TRANSMIT. J Attached JUndr Separate cover VIA. 0 deliver J Mail FOR: 3: Approval: Action 3 Information 3 Comment, Distribution IRE FOLLOWING 4 bra iing"s 4 Spennications NO OFCOPIESI DATE FORMAT REMARKS. BY COPIES TO .DESCRIPTION 4 E-mail 3. Use as.requema Other Digital-files cou Submittals 3 Other 3 Fax. O'her AlAnDocuhient G810 Tmnsitittai cc.):2061 The Amorlcan hstitute ot A ..nrtcts Watiirigto rt. DC tAtea...ata.cyg WARNING: Reproduction; unlideffsed photocopying or substantial cluetation of-fhe herein:without written permission of the AlA itiolates thercopyright of •he'United States and will subject the violator to legal ProseOption, To rOpor• copyright o AlA Contract becumerits. e-rnai! The krtericari tristiq.iie.of Architects le01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROJECT. Oarne and TO -(Arctutef.1): ARCHtTECTI:PROJECT NUMBER Vtiork/Firni Niine Contract Administration :Q805 List of Subcontractors OnstructO(is-on the.reve,rsesLde) FROM '1Contr#tor): CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT NUMBER (LW Suticontraciors and others propOS6d to be ernolbyed ph' the.aboV6 as-roadfrodbythe.b?dding documents) Page of Date: Addiesi/Pitone Superintendent AL Doauinbiit 6805;LiSt of Sybooraractois 2001 The. Americapj6stit*.otiVrebitects Washy:6ton. DC ii WARMING: Reproduction,.unlicened. Ohot6Coisfringot•scita§i<intiai quotation of the mat hereiti,with Written permission Of the AIA violates the qppyright jaws of pe (Jaded States and win subject the violator to legal piosecutjon, To yioiations.of contract;DOcumerns:.e-roail.The:Ainericn Ins legal coun§al, copyright Oaiii.Orri. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01351 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes special procedures for historic treatment on Project including but not limited to the following: 1 Temporary protection of historic materials during construction. 2. Historic treatment procedures. 3 Removal of bird excrement. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Photographic Documentation' for preconstruction photographs taken before historic treatment. 13 DEFINITIONS A. 'Preservation' To apply measures necessary to sustain the existing form, integrity and materials of a historic property Work may include preliminary measures to protect and stabilize the property B 'Rehabilitation' To make possible a compatible use for a property through repair alterations, and additions while preserving those portions or features that convey its historical, cultural or architectural values. C 'Restoration' To accurately depict the form, features and character of a property as it appeared at a particular period of time by means of the removal of features from other periods in its history and the reconstruction of missing features from the restoration period. D 'Reconstruction' To reproduce in the exact form and detail a building structure or artifact as it appeared at a specific period in time. E. 'Stabilize' To apply measures designed to reestablish a weather resistant enclosure and the structural reinforcement of an item or portion of the building while maintaining the essential form as it exists at present. F 'Protect and Maintain' To remove deteriorating corrosion reapply protective coatings, and install protective measures such as temporary guards, to provide the least degree of intervention. G 'Repair" To stabilize, consolidate or conserve, to retain existing materials and features while employing as little new material as possible. Repair includes patching, piecing -in splicing, SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT consolidating or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. Within restoration, repair also includes limited replacement in kind, rehabilitation, and reconstruction, with compatible substitute materials for deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes. H 'Replace' To duplicate and replace entire features with new material in kind. Replacement includes the following conditions. 1 Duplication Includes replacing elements damaged beyond repair or missing Original material is indicated as the pattern for creating new duplicated elements. 2. Replacement with New Materials: Includes replacement with new material when original material is not available as patterns for creating new duplicated elements. 3 Replacement with Substitute Materials. Includes replacement with compatible substitute materials. Substitute materials are not allowed unless otherwise indicated. 'Remove' To detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled J 'Remove and Salvage' To detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse K. 'Remove and Reinstall' To detach items from existing construction repair and clean them for reuse and reinstall them where indicated L. 'Existing to Remain' or 'Retain' Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. M 'Material in Kind' Material that matches existing materials as much as possible in species cut, color grain, and finish 14 SUBMITTALS A. Historic Treatment Program. Submit a written plan for each phase or process including protection of surrounding materials during operations Describe in detail materials, methods, and equipment to be used for each phase of work. B Alternative Methods and Materials. If alternative methods and materials to those indicated are proposed for any phase of work, provide a written description including evidence of successful use on other comparable projects, and program of testing to demonstrate effectiveness for use on this Project. C Qualification Data. For historic treatment specialists and supervisory personnel Include list of completed projects with the scope of work and budget for each. D Photographs. Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by historic treatment operations. Submit before work begins. E. Record Documents. Include modifications to manufacturer's written instructions and procedures, as documented in the historic treatment preconstruction conference and as the Work progresses. SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 2 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications. A firm that employs personnel including supervisory personnel, experienced and skilled in the processes and operations indicated. B Historic Treatment Preconstruction Conference. Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination 1 Review manufacturer's written instructions for precautions and effects of products and procedures on building materials, components, and vegetation. a. Record procedures established as a result of the review and distribute to affected parties. 1 6 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS A. Removed and Reinstalled Historic Materials. 1 Clean and repair historic items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3 Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4 Reinstall items in locations indicated Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated B Existing Historic Materials to Remain Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during historic treatment. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during historic treatment and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after historic treatment operations are complete C Storage and Protection When removed from their existing location, store historic materials within a weather -tight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain snow or ground water and temperature variations. Secure stored materials to protect from theft. 1 Identify removed items with an inconspicuous mark indicating their original location. 1 7 PROJECT -SITE CONDITIONS A. Exterior Cleaning and Repairing: 1 Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable a. Wet Weather Do not attempt repairs during rainy or foggy weather Do not apply primer paint, putty or epoxy when the relative humidity is above 80 percent. Do not remove exterior elements of structures when rain is forecast or in progress. b Do not perform exterior wet work when the air temperature is below 40 deg F c. Do not begin cleaning, patching, or repairing when there is any likelihood of frost or freezing. d. Do not begin cleaning when either the air or the surface temperature is below 45 deg F unless approved means are provided for maintaining a 45 deg F temperature of the air and materials during, and for 48 hours subsequent to cleaning SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2. Perform cleaning and rinsing of the exterior only during daylight hours. B Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to historic treatment area. Conduct historic treatment so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not Tess than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 31 PROTECTION GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for precautions and effects of products and procedures on adjacent building materials, components, and vegetation B Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress C Temporary Protection of Historic Materials during Construction. 1 Protect existing materials during installation of temporary protections and construction. Do not deface or remove existing materials 2. Attachments of temporary protection to existing construction shall be approved by Architect prior to installation. D Protect landscape work adjacent to or within work areas as follows. 1 Provide barriers to protect tree trunks. 2. Bind spreading shrubs. 3 Use coverings that allow plants to breathe and remove coverings at the end of each day Do not cover plant material with a waterproof membrane for more than 8 hours at a time 4 Set scaffolding and ladder legs away from plants E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work or any cleaning operations test drains and other water removal systems to ensure that drains and systems are functioning properly Notify Architect immediately of drains or systems that are stopped or blocked Do not begin Work of this Section until the drains are in working order 1 Clean out drains and drain lines that become blocked or filled because of work performed under this Contract. 2. Protect storm drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments allowing only clean water to pass. 3.2 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored building site plants and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from applications of chemical cleaners and paint removers. B Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls. SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 4 C Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use covering materials that contain only waterproof UV- resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturers written instructions Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. D Do not clean surfaces during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to unprotected surfaces. E. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes and dispose of off Owner's property F Dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. 3 3 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. The principal aim of preservation work is to halt the process of deterioration and stabilize the item's condition unless otherwise indicated Repair is required where specifically indicated. The following procedures shall be followed 1 Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace 2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop tie, and support existing material or structure. 3 Use reversible processes wherever possible 4 Use traditional replacement materials and techniques New work shall be distinguishable to the trained eye on close inspection, from old work. 5 Record the work before the procedure with preconstruction photos and during the work with periodic construction photos. Photographic documentation is specified in Division 1 Section 'Photographic Documentation B Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work on or near historic structures C Obtain Architect's review and written approval in the form of a Constructive Change Directive or Supplemental Instruction before making changes or additions to construction or removing historic materials D Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether due to environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing or thawing; or due to structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion. 1 Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect. E. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced provide features whose designs are based on accurate duplications rather than on conjectural designs, subject to the approval of Architect and Preservation Specialist. F Where Work requires existing features to be removed, cleaned, and reused perform these operations without damage to the material itself to adjacent materials, or to the substrate. G Identify new or replacement materials and features with inconspicuous permanent marks to distinguish them from original materials. Record the legend of identification marks and the locations of these marks on Record Drawings. SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 5 H. When cleaning match samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and identified for acceptable cleaning levels. Avoid over cleaning to prevent damage to existing materials during cleaning. 3 4 REMOVAL OF BIRD EXCREMENT CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General: Before disturbing accumulated bird excrement, consult with an occupational medicine physician, industrial hygienist, and authorities having jurisdiction to determine acceptable removal procedures and appropriate protective measures for personnel B Removing Bird Excrement: Treat bird excrement before its removal as required by authorities having jurisdiction 1 Prior to removal, dampen excrement to prevent it from becoming airborne. 2. Use only nonmetallic tools (plastic spatulas and brushes with natural fiber or nylon bristles, or their equivalent) to remove excrement. 3 Collect removed excrement and legally disposed of off site 4 Perform bird excrement removal work from the outside of the building with windows and other openings in the building closed END OF SECTION 01351 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1 Specific quality- assurance and control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality assurance and control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3 Requirements for Contractor to provide quality- assurance and control services required by Architect, Owner or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 2. Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching' for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 3 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Quality- Assurance Services: Activities, actions and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B Quality Control Services. Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C Pre construction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards E Source Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source i.e. plant, mill factory or shop F Field Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. G Testing Agency An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency H Installer /Applicator /Erector Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee Subcontractor or Sub subcontractor to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application and similar operations. 1 Using a term such as 'carpentry' does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name such as 'carpenter It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to trades people of the corresponding generic name. Experienced: When used with an entity experienced' means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1 4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits To comply with these requirements indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B Installer Qualifications. A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. C Manufacturer Qualifications. A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Fabricator Qualifications. A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. E. Specialists Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1 Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. F Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548 and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections and where required by authorities having jurisdiction that is acceptable to authorities 1 NRTL. A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910 7 2. NVLAP A testing agency accredited according to the NIST National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. G Factory- Authorized Service Representative Qualifications. An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material design and extent to those indicated for this Project. H Pre construction Testing Where testing agency is indicated to perform pre- construction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1 Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction b Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d Build site assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies mockups, and laboratory mockups, do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection and similar quality- assurance service to the Architect, with copy to Contractor Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 1 6 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality- control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders 3 Costs for retesting and re- inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order B Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality- control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 1 Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner unless agreed to in writing by Owner 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3 Where quality- control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality control service 4 Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility 5 Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C Manufacturer's Field Services Where indicated engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect field- assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections Report results in writing as specified in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures D Re- testing /Re- inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility provide quality- control services, including retesting and re- inspecting for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1 Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in -situ tests are conducted 3 Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4 Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection and similar quality control service through Contractor 5 Do not release, revoke, alter or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6 Do not perform any duties of Contractor F Associated Services. Cooperate with agencies performing required tests inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested Notify QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1 Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3 Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4 Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5 Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6 Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency 7 Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site G Coordination Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1 Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. H Schedule of Tests and Inspections Prepare a schedule of tests inspections and similar quality control services required by the Contract Documents Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1 Distribution. Distribute schedule to Owner Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required 1 7 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner and as follows. 1 Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services 3 Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality control service to the Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction 4 Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5 Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6 Retesting and re- inspecting corrected work. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 5 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3 2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION END OF SECTION 01400 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1 Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3 Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4 Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B Maintain log at Project site Post changes and modifications as they occur Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. A. General On completion of testing inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1 Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching B Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities. C Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality control services QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 6 SECTION 01420 REFERENCES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B Approved' When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, 'approved' is limited to Architects duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C 'Directed' A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including 'requested, 'authorized, 'selected, 'approved 'required and 'permitted' have the same meaning as 'directed. D 'Indicated' Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including 'shown, 'noted, 'scheduled, and 'specified' have the same meaning as 'indicated. E 'Regulations' Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction and rules, conventions and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F 'Furnish' Supply and deliver to Project site ready for unloading unpacking, assembly installation, and similar operations G Install' Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing unpacking, assembling erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H 'Provide' Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. 'Project Site' Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1 3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards. Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 01420 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B Publication Dates Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C Copies of Standards. Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1 Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity obtain copies directly from publication source D Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www access board.gov FED -STD Federal Standard (See FS) NES (Formerly National Evaluation Service) (See ICC -ES) UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board www access board.gov 1 4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS (800) 872 2253 (202) 272 -0080 (800) 872 2253 (202) 272 -0080 A. Industry Organizations. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names telephone numbers and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association Inc. (The) (202) 862 5100 www aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241 -7333 www aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737 -0202 www.aabchq com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303 -5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624 -5800 Transportation Officials www transportation org REFERENCES 01420 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549 -8141 www aatcc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848 -3700 (American Concrete Institute) www aci- int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506 -7216 www concrete pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257 2530 www aeic.org AF &PA American Forest Paper Association (800) 878 -8878 www afandpa.org (202) 463 -2700 AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548 -3118 www agc org Al Asphalt Institute (859) 288 -4960 www asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242 3837 www aia.org (202) 626 -7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644 -2400 www aisc.org (312) 670 -2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452 -7100 www steel org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792 -9559 www aitc- glulam.org ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972 1700 www alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International Inc. (847) 394 -0150 www amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293 -8020 www ansi org APA APA The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565 -6600 www apawood.org ARI Air Conditioning Refrigeration Institute (703) 524 -8800 www ari.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548 -2723 www asce.org (703) 295 -6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527 -4723 Air Conditioning Engineers www ashrae org (404) 636 -8400 REFERENCES 01420 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT ASME ASME International (800) 843 -2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (212) 591 7722 www.asme org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835 -3040 www.asse- plumbing org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832 -9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www astm.org AWCI AWCI International (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International) www awci org AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) (703) 534 -8300 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449 -8811 www awinet.org (703) 733 -0600 AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association (334) 874 -9800 www awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443 -9353 www aws.org (305) 443 -9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926 -7337 www awwa.org (303) 794 -7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297 -2122 www buildershardware com CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637 -1312 www carpetcushion org w3 pwgsc gc.ca/cgsb (819) 956 -0425 CISCA Ceilings Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584 -1919 www cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892 -0137 www cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596 -2583 www chainlinkinfo org CRI Carpet Rug Institute (The) (800) 882 -8846 www carpet rug.com (706) 278 -3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517 -1200 www crsi.org CSA CSA International (800) 463 -6727 (Formerly IAS International Approval Services) (416) 747 -4000 www csa- international.org REFERENCES 01420 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689 -2900 www csinet.org (703) 684 -0300 CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583 -4087 (Formerly Cooling Tower Institute) www cti org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222 2010 www dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907 7500 www eia.org EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (800) 548 -2723 www asce.org (703) 295 -6300 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc (914) 332 -0040 www ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339 -6937 www esda.org FM Factory Mutual System (Now FMG) FMG FM Global (401) 275 -3000 (Formerly FM Factory Mutual System) www fmglobal com GA Gypsum Association (202) 289 -5440 www gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271 -0208 www glasswebsite.com GRI (Now GSI) GS Green Seal (202) 872 -6400 www greenseal org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522 -8440 www geosynthetic- institute.org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood Veneer Association (703) 435 -2900 www hpva.org HPW H P White Laboratory Inc. (410) 838 -6550 www hpwhite.com lAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) REFERENCES 01420 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830 -0369 www icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute Inc. (847) 827 -0830 www icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419 -7900 www ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248 -5000 www iesna.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (The) (613) 233 -1510 www igmaonline org ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www iso ch ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (702) 567 -8150 www issfa.net ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www itu.int/home LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488 -6864 www lightning.org (847) 577 7200 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241 7333 www mbma.com MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644 -6610 www metalframingmfg org MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America www mhia.org MPI Master Painters Institute www paintinfo com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. www mss -hq com (800) 345 -1815 (704) 676 -1190 (888) 674 -8937 (703) 281 -6613 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332 -0405 REFERENCES 01420 6 www naamm.org CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) www nace org (281) 228 -6200 NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737 2926 www nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The) (703) 684 -0084 www naima.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713 -1900 www ncma.org NCTA National Cable Telecommunications Association (202) 775 -3550 www ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977 3698 www nebb org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657 3110 www necanet.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841 3200 www nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (303) 697 -8441 www netaworld org NFPA NFPA (800) 344 -3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770 -3000 www nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589 -1776 www nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (703).442 -4890 www glass.org NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933 -0318 www natlhardwood.org (901) 377 1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524 -2393 www nlga.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323 -9545 www nrca.net (847) 299 -9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846 -7622 www nrmca.org (301) 587 -1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673 -6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769 -8010 www nsf org REFERENCES 01420 7 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT NSSGA National Stone, Sand Gravel Association (800) 342 -1415 www nssga.org (703) 525 -8788 OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (800) 966 -5253 www opl com (210) 635 -8100 PDCA Painting Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332 7322 www pdca.com (314) 514 -7322 PDI Plumbing Drainage Institute (800) 589 -8956 www pdionline.org (978) 557 -0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333 -3929 http: /pgi -tp ce.uiuc.edu RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644 -2400 www boltcouncil org (312) 670 -2400 RFC! Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340 -8580 www rfci com SAE SAE International (724) 776 -4841 www sae org SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 462 -1930 www sdi org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899 -0010 www steeldoor org SEI Structural Engineering Institute (800) 548 -2723 www seinstitute.com (703) 295 -6195 SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683 -2075 www siaonline.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626 -1995 www steeljoist.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (703) 803 -2980 www smacna.org SPRI SPRI (781) 647 7026 (Single Ply Roofing Institute) www spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982 -0355 www ssina.com (202) 342 -8630 SSPC SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281 -7772 REFERENCES 01420 8 REFERENCES CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT www sspc.org (412) 281 2331 SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241 7333 www steelwindows com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, Restoration Institute (816) 472 7974 www swrionline org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646 -8453 www tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association /Electronic (703) 907 7700 Industries Alliance www tiaonline org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939 -9700 www masonrysociety org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc (800) 285 -4476 www ul.com (847) 272 -8800 UNI Uni -Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243 -3902 www uni -bell org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424 -2869 www wastec.org (202) 244 -4700 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283 -1486 www wclib org (503) 639 -0651 WMMPA Wood Molding Millwork Producers Association (800) 550 -7889 www wmmpa.com (530) 661 -9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725 -0333 www wsrca.com (650) 548 -0112 WWPA Western Wood Products Association www wwpa.org BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC) (503) 224 -3930 B Code Agencies. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472 -4100 www iapmo org ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) 01420 9 ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC -ES) ICC International Code Council (Formerly CABO Council of American Building Officials) www iccsafe.org ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service Inc. www icc- es.org C Federal Government Agencies. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents CE Army Corps of Engineers www usace army mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission www cpsc.gov DOC Department of Commerce www commerce gov DOD Department of Defense www dodssp daps mil DOE Department of Energy www eren doe gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency www epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration www faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission www fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration www fda.gov GSA General Services Administration www gsa.gov CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) (703) 931 -4533 (800) 423 -6587 (562) 699 -0543 (800) 638 -2772 (301) 504 -6816 (202) 482 2000 (215) 697 -6257 (202) 586 -9220 (202) 272 -0167 (202) 366 -4000 (888) 225 -5322 (888) 463 -6332 (800) 488 -3111 (202) 501 1888 HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708 -1112 www hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486 -4000 www Ibl.gov NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975 -6478 www nist.gov REFERENCES 01420 10 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration www osha.gov PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science http: /phs.os.dhhs.gov RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) SD State Department www state gov TRB Transportation Research Board www nas.edu /trb USDA Department of Agriculture www usda.gov USPS Postal Service www usps.com PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01420 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT (800) 321 -6742 (202) 693 -1999 (202) 690 -7694 (202) 720 -9540 (202) 647 -4000 (202) 334 -2934 (202) 720 -2791 (202) 268 -2000 REFERENCES 01420 11 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities and security and protection facilities. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Summary' for limitations on utility interruptions and other work restrictions. 2. Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 3 Division 1 Section 'Execution Requirements' for progress cleaning requirements. 4 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 1 3 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction B Water Service. Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C Electric Power Service. Electric power from Owner's existing system is partially available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. For work outside of juvenile facility or for welding Contractor is to provide electric generator as required. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan. Show temporary facilities, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards. Comply with ANSI A10 6 the NECA 'Temporary Electrical Facilities and NFPA 241 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 1 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 2.2 EQUIPMENT PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities. Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. A. Visqueen. 6 -mil clear taped in place to prevent spread of dust and fumes to occupied areas and to protect existing floor finishes to remain. B Plywood wood framed, acoustically insulated security barriers with lockable doors A. Fire Extinguishers. Portable UL rated, with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. A. Water Service Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner At Substantial Completion restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use 1 Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. B Sanitary Facilities. Provide drinking water for use of construction personnel 1 Toilets. Use of Owner's existing toilet and wash facilities will not be permitted Contractor to provide toilet and wash facilities acceptable to jurisdiction. C Heating and Cooling: Use of Owner's heating and cooling system will be permitted. D Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT E. Electric Power Service. Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner except for exterior work or for welding. F Electric Power Distribution. Provide electric power distribution system of sufficient size, capacity and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1 Install electric power distribution overhead, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner G Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations and inspections as required H. Telephone Service. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone for Project use Electronic Communication Service. Provide temporary electronic communication service including electronic mail. 3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel as coordinated with Owner B Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with Division 1 Section 'Execution Requirements' for progress cleaning requirements. C Lifts and Hoists. Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. D No smoking is allowed on Owner's property 3 3 OPERATION TERMINATION AND REMOVAL A. Supervision. Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities To minimize waste and abuse limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B Maintenance. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. C Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or if necessary restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1 Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures. END OF SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery storage, and handling manufacturers' standard warranties on products special warranties, product substitutions, and comparable products. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'References' for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 3 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted 13 DEFINITIONS A. Products. Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term 'product' includes the terms 'material, equipment, 'system, and terms of similar intent. 1 Named Products. Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products. Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility except that products consisting of recycled- content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3 Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension in- service performance physical properties appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B Substitutions. Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor C Basis -of- Design Product Specification. Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words 'basis of design including make or model number or other designation to establish the significant qualities related to type function, dimension, in- service performance physical properties appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 -1 14 SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1 Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 2. Form. Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings a. Specification Section number and title. b Generic name used in the Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. 3 Initial Submittal: Within 15 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period. 4 Completed List: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5 Architect's Action. Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 5 days of receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents. B Substitution Requests. Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1 Substitution Request Form. Use Form 01600 following this Section. 2. Documentation Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance weight, size durability visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 2 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT f List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research /evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery Cost information, including a proposal of change if any in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. I. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3 Architect's Action. If necessary Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later a. Form of Acceptance. Addenda (prior to Bid) or Change Order (post Award) b Use product specified, if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. C Comparable Product Requests Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles 1 Architect's Action. If necessary Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures. b Use product specified, if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. D Basis -of- Design Product Specification Submittal Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures Show compliance with requirements. A. Compatibility of Options. If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 6 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage deterioration and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturers written instructions. B Delivery and Handling: 1 Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration theft, and other losses. 3 Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking protecting, and installing. 4 Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C Storage 1 Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3 Store products that are subject to damage by the elements under cover in a weather tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4 Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5 Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6 Comply with product manufacturers written instructions for temperature humidity ventilation and weather protection requirements for storage. 7 Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing 8 Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner 1 7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1 Manufacturer's Warranty Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner 2. Special Warranty Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner B Special Warranties. Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution 1 Manufacturer's Standard Form Modified to include Project specific information and properly executed 2. Specified Form. When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 4 B Product Selection Procedures CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C Submittal Time Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements. Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation 1 Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products. If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3 Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4 Where products are accompanied by the term 'as selected, Architect will make selection. 5 Where products are accompanied by the term 'match sample sample to be matched is Architect's. 6 Descriptive, performance and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish 'salient characteristics' of products. 7 Or Equal Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term 'or equal' or 'or approved equal' or 'or approved, comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 1 Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Manufacturer /Source. Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3 Products. Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that comply with requirements. 4 Manufacturers. Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5 Available Products. Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6 Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7 Product Options. Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Product Substitutions' Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis -of- Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9 Visual Matching Specification Where Specifications require matching an established Sample select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 'Product Substitutions' Article for proposal of product. 10 Visual Selection Specification. Where Specifications include the phrase as selected from manufacturer's colors patterns textures' or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements a. Standard Range Where Specifications include the phrase 'standard range of colors, patterns, textures' or similar phrase, Architect will select color pattern, density or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b Full Range Where Specifications include the phrase 'full range of colors patterns, textures' or similar phrase Architect will select color pattern, density or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 10 days after the Notice to Proceed Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. B Conditions. Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1 Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. 3 Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4 Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5 Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6 Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 7 Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 8 Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9 Requested substitution provides specified warranty 10 If requested substitution involves more than one contractor requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1 Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract 1 Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance weight, size durability visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated 3 Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty 4 List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested 5 Samples, if requested. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01600 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 7 1 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01600 TO Beaman Architecture Ltd. PROJECT Clallam County Historic Courthouse Upgrade Project SPECIFIED ITEM Section Page Paragraph Description PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION Attach data that includes product description specifications, drawings photographs, performance and test data that is adequate for evaluation of request including identification of applicable data portions Identify all changes or modifications to Contract Documents that will result in installation of proposed substitutions, if any Undersigned certifies the following items are correct, unless clearly identified by attachments. 1 Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 2. Undersigned will pay for any changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. 3 Proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule or specified warranty requirements. 4 Maintenance and service parts are available locally or readily obtainable for proposed substitution. Undersigned further certifies function, appearance and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. Undersigned agrees to all terms and conditions that substitutions found in Contract Documents apply to this proposed substitution. Submitted by Name Signature Firm Name Street Address City State, Zip Code Date General Contractor (if after award of Contract) For use by A/E Accepted Accepted as noted Not Accepted Received too late By Date CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including but not limited to the following: 1 Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3 Progress cleaning. 4 Starting and adjusting 5 Protection of installed construction. 6 Correction of the Work. B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination' for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for submitting surveys 3 Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching' for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 4 Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions. The existence and location of construction indicated as existing is not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of systems and other construction affecting the Work. B Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1 Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. General. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately in correct alignment and 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.2 PREPARATION 3 3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT 3 4 INSTALLATION elevation as indicated. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Description of the Work. b List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3 Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. A. Field Measurements. Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B Space Requirements. Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings C Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions. Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for interpretation to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. See Section 01310 for form. A. Verification Before proceeding to layout the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly 1 Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3 Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4 Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling. B Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements G Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1 Mounting Heights. Where mounting heights are not indicated mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3 Coordinate installation of anchorages Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. H Joints. Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3 5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General Clean Project site and work areas daily including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly Dispose of materials lawfully 1 Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F 3 Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally according to regulations B Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris C Work Areas. Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1 Remove liquid spills promptly 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D Installed Work: Keep installed work clean Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces. Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t i 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT F Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G Waste Disposal Burying or burning waste materials on -site will not be permitted Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J Limiting Exposures. Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress is subject to harmful dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3 6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units replace with new units, and retest. B Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation C Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D Manufacturer's Field Service. If a factory- authorized service representative is required to inspect field- assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements 3 7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion B Comply with manufacturers written instructions for temperature and relative humidity 3 8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching. 1 Repairing includes replacing defective parts refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Repair components that do not operate properly Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching B Related Sections include the following' 1 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed Include the following information. 1 Extent: Describe cutting and patching show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided 2. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3 Products. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4 Dates Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5 Utility Services and Mechanical /Electrical Systems. List services /systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services /systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services /systems will be disrupted 6 Structural Elements. Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure 7 Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 1 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio B Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety C Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety D Visual Requirements Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architects opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner 16 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B In -Place Materials. Use materials identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible 1 If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed will match the visual and functional performance of in -place materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1 Compatibility* Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in -place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B Protection. Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C Adjoining Areas. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D Existing Utility Services and Mechanical /Electrical Systems Where existing services /systems are required to be removed relocated, or abandoned bypass such services /systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. 33 PERFORMANCE A. General Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay 1 Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B Cutting Cut in -place construction by sawing drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible review proposed procedures with original Installer comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1 In general use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding not hammering and chopping Cut holes and slots as small as possible neatly to size required and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use 2. Finished Surfaces. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces 3 Concrete Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4 Mechanical and Electrical Services. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5 Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C Patching: Patch construction by filling repairing, refinishing, closing up and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1 Inspection. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 3 3 Floors and Walls. Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color texture, and appearance Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. END OF SECTION 01731 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4 Ceilings. Patch, repair or re -hang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. 5 Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. D Cleaning Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar oils, putty and similar materials. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary. Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including but not limited to, the following: 1 Inspection procedures 2. Project Record Documents. 3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 4 Warranties. 5 Final cleaning. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures' for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements' for progress cleaning of Project site. 3 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1 3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures. Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1 Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list) the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete and submit to the Architect. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements 3 Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4 Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5 Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, and similar final record information. 6 Deliver tools, spare parts extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7 Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8 Complete startup testing of systems. 9 Submit test/adjust/balance records. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 10 Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site along with mockups construction tools, and similar elements. 11 Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy use, operation and maintenance. 13 Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting 14 Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B Inspection Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect, will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1 Re- inspection: Request re- inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion 1 4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures. Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1 Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures. 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list) endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4 Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B Inspection. Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1 Re- inspection. Request re- inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1 5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use form at end of Section. 1 Organize list of spaces in sequential order 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor e. Page number 1 6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours B Record Drawings. Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1 Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally Require individual or entity that obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer subcontractor or similar entity to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later b Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions completely and accurately Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross reference on Contract Drawings. 2. Mark record sets with erasable red colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location 3 Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 4 Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 5 Identify and date each Record Drawing include the designation 'PROJECT RECORD DRAWING' in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets, bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 6 Contractor to hire a professional drafting firm to complete electronic record drawings of all changes noted on record prints Record drawings are to be completed in AutoCAD V.2000 format based on backgrounds of Contract Documents provided by the Architect. Deliver (1) CD and (1) hardcopy to Architect, for review C Record Specifications. Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1 Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected 3 Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 3 D Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data. 1 Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3 Note related Change Orders Record Drawings, where applicable. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each ready for continued use and reference. 1 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows. 1 Operation Data. a. Emergency instructions and procedures b System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions including operating standards. c. Operating procedures including startup shutdown, seasonal and weekend operations. d. Description of controls and sequence of operations. e Piping diagrams 2. Maintenance Data: 18 WARRANTIES CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Manufacturer's information including list of spare parts. b Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier c. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials g. Copies of maintenance service agreements. h. Copies of warranties and bonds. B Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data in heavy -duty 3 -ring vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title 'OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, Project name, and subject matter of contents. A. Submittal Time. Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1 Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty 3 -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- 1/2 -by -11 inchpaper 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic- covered tabs for each separate warranty Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address and telephone number of Installer 3 Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title 'WARRANTIES Project name, and name of Contractor C Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations B Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturers written instructions. 1 Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas of rubbish, waste material litter and other foreign substances. b Sweep paved areas broom clean Remove petrochemical spills stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even textured surface d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building f Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 5 END OF SECTION 01770 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition g Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap shampoo if visible soil or stains remain Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable vision obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over 'UL and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication paint and mortar droppings and other foreign substances n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. o Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. p Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. r Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy C Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property Do not discharge volatile harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 6 r WALLS ITEM ROOM ROOM NAME ITEM FLOOR BASE CEILING NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST REMARKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST 1 DATE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following: 1 Walkways. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 3 Section 'Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete' for general building applications of concrete. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials. Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans and ground granulated blast- furnace slag. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated B Design Mixtures. For each concrete pavement mixture Include alternate mixture designs when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency D Material Test Reports. From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials. E. Material Certificates. Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following materials complies with requirements. 1 Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Admixtures. 4 Joint fillers. F Field quality- control test reports. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 1 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Manufacturer Qualifications Manufacturer of ready -mixed concrete products who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1 Manufacturer certified according to the NRMCA 'Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. B Testing Agency Qualifications. An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated as documented according to ASTM E 548 1 Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1 according to ACI CP -01 or an equivalent certification program. C ACI Publications. Comply with ACI 301 'Specification for Structural Concrete unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents D Concrete Testing Service. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. E. Mockups. Cast mockups of full -size sections of concrete pavement to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, color and standard of workmanship 1 Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3 Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting construction. 4 Maintain approved mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed pavement. 5 Demolish and remove approved mockups from the site when directed by Architect. 6 Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control. Maintain access for pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection 1 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to manufacturers specified. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 2 2.2 FORMS 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS C Water ASTM C 94/C 94M D Air Entraining Admixture. ASTM C 260 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Form Materials. Plywood metal, metal- framed plywood, or other approved panel -type materials to provide full -depth continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. 1 Use flexible or curved forms for curves with a radius 100 feet or Tess. B Form Release Agent: Commercially formulated form release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed B Plain Steel Wire. ASTM A 82, as drawn C Joint Dowel Bars. Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. D Tie Bars. ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed. E. Bar Supports. Bolsters, chairs spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice' from steel wire plastic, or pre -cast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows. 1 Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials of the same type brand and source throughout the Project: 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I white. B Normal- Weight Aggregates. ASTM C 33 Class 4S coarse aggregate, uniformly graded Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar pavement applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1 Maximum Coarse Aggregate Size. 3/4 inch nominal 2. Fine Aggregate. Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. E. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0 1 percent water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 3 1 Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture ASTM C 1017/C 1017M Type II 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf weighing approximately 9 oz. /sq. yd.dry B Moisture Retaining Cover ASTM C 171 polyethylene film or white burlap polyethylene sheet. C Water Potable. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation- Joint Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751 asphalt- saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self- expanding cork. B Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059 Type II non redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301 for each type and strength of normal- weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixes or field experience. 1 Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete mixture designs for the trial batch method. B Proportion mixtures to provide normal- weight concrete with the following properties: 1 Compressive Strength (28 Days) 3500 psi. 2. Maximum Water Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0 45 3 Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. C Add air entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal- weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows. 1 Air Content: 5 -1/2 percent plus or minus 1 5 percent for 1 1/2 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size. D Limit water soluble chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0 15 percent by weight of cement. E. Chemical Admixtures Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Use plasticizing and retarding admixture in concrete as required for placement and workability 2. Use water reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity or other adverse placement conditions. F Cementitious Materials. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements for concrete exposed to deicing chemicals as follows. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 4 1 Fly Ash or Pozzolan 25 percent. 2. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 3 Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag 50 percent, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Ready -Mixed Concrete. Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1 When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 1/2 hours to 75 minutes when air temperature is above 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed sub grades and sub -base surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional grading, and elevation tolerances B Sub -grade is to be mechanically compacted to 95 percent minimum compaction, Contractor to provide test results to confirm. C Proceed with concrete pavement operations only after nonconforming conditions have been corrected and sub -grade is ready to receive pavement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted sub -base surface immediately before placing concrete 3 3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage 3 4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General Comply with CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice' for fabricating placing, and supporting reinforcement. B Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond reducing materials. C Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 5 3 5 JOINTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 1 When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise indicated. B Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one -half hour unless pavement terminates at isolation joints. 1 Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. 2. Butt Joints: Use epoxy bonding adhesive at joint locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 3 Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated Lubricate or asphalt -coat one -half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. C Isolation Joints. Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete, structures walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated 1 Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 3 Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 4 Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not indicated 5 Furnish joint fillers in one -piece lengths. Where more than one length is required lace or clip joint filler sections together 6 Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal plastic, or other temporary preformed cap Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. D Contraction Joints. Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one -fourth of the concrete thickness as follows to match jointing of existing adjacent concrete pavement: 1 Grooved Joints. Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with grooving tool to a 1/4 -inch radius. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces E. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with an edging tool to a 1/4 -inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. 3 6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B Remove snow ice, or frost from sub -base surface and reinforcement before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT C Moisten sub -base to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. D Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing transporting, and placing concrete. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site F Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing. G Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. H. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding or tamping 1 Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square -faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off J Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. K. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28 -day compressive strength. L. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306 1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1 When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow 3 Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. M Hot Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot weather conditions exist: 1 Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg Fat time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete 3 Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and sub -grade just before placing concrete. Keep sub -grade moisture uniform without standing water soft spots, or dry areas. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 7 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 7 FLOAT FINISHING A. General Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B Float Finish. Begin the second floating operation when bleed -water sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power- driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1 Medium -to- Fine Textured Broom Finish. Draw a soft bristle broom across float finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine -line texture. 3 8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B Comply with ACI 306 1 for cold weather protection. C Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib /sq ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturers' written instructions after placing screeding and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing D Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface E. Curing Methods. Cure concrete by moisture curing moisture retaining -cover curing, curing compound or a combination of these as follows. 1 Moist Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials. a. Water b. Continuous water -fog spray c. Absorptive cover water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture- Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape 3 9 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows 1 Elevation: 1/4 inch. 2. Thickness. Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch 3 Surface: Gap below 10- foot -long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch. 4 Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels. 1 inch 5 Vertical Alignment of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1/4 inch. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 8 3 10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 6 Alignment of Tie -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge 1/2 inch. 7 Alignment of Dowel -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge Length of dowel 1/4 inch per 12 inches. 8 Joint Spacing: 3 inches. 9 Contraction Joint Depth. Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 10 Joint Width. Plus 1/8 inch no minus. A. Testing Agency Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B Testing Services Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements. 1 Testing Frequency Obtain at least 1 composite sample for each 100 cu yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive- strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used 2. Slump ASTM C 143/C 143M one test at point of placement for each composite sample but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change 3 Air Content: ASTM C 231 pressure method one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. 4 Concrete Temperature ASTM C 1064 one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg Fand above, and one test for each composite sample. 5 Compression Test Specimens. ASTM C 31/C 31M cast and laboratory cure one set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample 6 Compressive- Strength Tests' ASTM C 39/C 39M; test 1 specimen at 7 days and 2 specimens at 28 days a. A compressive- strength test shall be the average compressive strength from 2 specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days C Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if average of any 3 consecutive compressive strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive- strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. D Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive- strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 and 28 -day tests. E. Nondestructive Testing Impact hammer sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. F Additional Tests. Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 9 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT G Remove and replace concrete pavement where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. H Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3 11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken damaged or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. B Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive. C Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur D Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 10 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 03353 MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. B Related Sections. 1 Division 2 Section 'Cement Concrete Pavement for concrete pavement and walks. 1 3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated. B Other Action Submittal. 1 Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready- Mix Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. 1 'General Requirements. 2. 'Formwork and Formwork Accessories. 3. 'Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports. 4 'Concrete Mixtures. 5 'Handling, Placing, and Constructing. C Comply with ACI 117 'Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03353 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials of the same type, brand and 1 B Normal- Weight Aggregate ASTM C 33 graded 3/4 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size. C Water ASTM C 94/C 94M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Furnish formwork and formwork accessories according to ACI 301 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars. ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 deformed. B Plain -Steel Wire. ASTM A 82/A 82M as drawn 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS source throughout Project: 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entraining Admixture ASTM C 260 B Chemical Admixtures. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1 Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture ASTM C 1017/C 1017M Type 11 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Strips. ASTM D 1751 asphalt- saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self- expanding cork. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Evaporation Retarder Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B Absorptive Cover AASHTO M 182, Class 3 burlap cloth or cotton mats. C Moisture Retaining Cover ASTM C 171 polyethylene film or white burlap polyethylene sheet. B Water Potable. MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03353 2 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS 3 3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. B Normal- Weight Concrete. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301 as follows. 1 Minimum Compressive Strength. 3500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water Cementitious Materials Ratio 0 50 3 Cementitious Materials. Use fly ash, pozzolan ground granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of Portland cement, which would otherwise be used by not less than 40 percent. 4 Slump Limit: 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high -range water reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 5 Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301 Do not allow air content of trowel finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent. A. Ready -Mixed Concrete. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and furnish batch ticket information 1 When air temperature is above 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes PART 3 EXECUTION 31 FORMWORK A. Design construct, erect, brace and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. A. Comply with CRSI's 'Manual of Standard Practice' for fabricating placing, and supporting reinforcement. 3 4 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B Construction Joints. Locate and install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C Isolation Joints. Install joint filler strips at junctions with slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, and other locations, as indicated MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03353 3 3 6 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES 3 7 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 3 5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 for placing concrete. B Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site subject to limitations of ACI 301 C Do not add water to concrete during delivery at Project site, or during placement. D Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. A. Rough- Formed Finish. As -cast concrete texture imparted by form facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/2 inch. 1 Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view B Smooth Formed Finish. As -cast concrete texture imparted by form facing material arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch. 1 Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view 2. Finish to match adjacent concrete paving. C Related Unformed Surfaces At horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. A. General Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces Do not wet concrete surfaces B Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. 1 Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C Float Finish. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive trowel finish. D Non -slip Broom Finish. Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms and steps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03353 4 310 REPAIRS END OF SECTION 03353 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 8 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306 1 for cold- weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot weather protection during curing. B Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations Apply according to manufacturers written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface D Curing Methods. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods 1 Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not Tess than seven days with the following materials. a. Water b Continuous water -fog spray c. Absorptive cover water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape 3 9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B Tests. Perform according to ACI 301 1 Testing Frequency One composite sample shall be obtained for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03353 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 04901 CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes restoration and cleaning of brick and terra cotta as follows 1 Removing plant growth. 2. Cleaning exposed clay masonry surfaces B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 9 Section 'Painting' for coating on terra cotta. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Low Pressure Spray 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm. B Medium Pressure Spray 400 to 800 psi; 4 to 6 gpm. C High- Pressure Spray 800 to 1200 psi; 4 to 6 gpm. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated. Include recommendations for application and use Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements B Qualification Data: For restoration specialists, including field supervisors. C Cleaning Program: Describe cleaning process in detail, including materials, methods, and equipment to be used and protection of surrounding materials on building and Project site, and control of runoff during operations. 1 If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for cleaning work, provide a written description, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects and a testing program to demonstrate their effectiveness for this Project. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications. Engage an experienced masonry restoration and cleaning firm to perform work of this Section. Firm shall have completed work similar in material design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in- service performance. CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Field Supervision. Restoration specialist firms shall maintain experienced full -time supervisors on Project site during times that clay masonry cleaning is in progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes beyond the control of restoration specialist firm. B Chemical Manufacturer Qualifications. A firm regularly engaged in producing masonry cleaners that have been used for similar applications with successful results, and with factory- trained representatives who are available for consultation and Project -site inspection and assistance at no additional cost. C Source Limitations. Obtain each type of material for masonry restoration (face brick, cement, sand etc.) from one source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. D Preconstruction Testing Service. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to test the following Provide test specimens and assemblies as indicated 1 Existing Brick: For each type of existing brick indicated for replacement, according to testing methods in ASTM C 67 for compressive strength, 24 -hour cold -water absorption, 5 -hour boil absorption, saturation coefficient, and initial rate of absorption (suction) Carefully remove existing bricks from locations designated by Architect. E. Mockups. Prepare mockups of cleaning as follows to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution Prepare mockups on existing walls under same weather conditions to be expected during remainder of the Work. 1 Clean an area approximately 25 sq ft. in area for each type of clay masonry and surface condition a. Test cleaners and methods on samples of adjacent materials for possible adverse reactions unless cleaners and methods are known to have deleterious effect. b Allow a waiting period of not Tess than seven days after completion of sample cleaning to permit a study of sample panels for negative reactions. 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Clean masonry surfaces only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and is predicted to remain so for at least 7 days after completion of cleaning. 1 8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Order replacement materials at earliest possible date, to avoid delaying completion of the Work. B As scaffolding is removed, patch anchor holes used to attach scaffolding Patch holes in mortar joints to comply with Part 3 'Re- pointing Masonry Article. CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection. 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the products specified 2. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the manufacturers specified 2.2 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Water for Cleaning: Potable B Hot Water Heat water to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F C Job -Mixed Detergent Solution. Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium polyphosphate (TSPP) 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required. D Job -Mixed Mold, Mildew and Algae Remover Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium polyphosphate (TSPP) 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite (bleach) and 15 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required E. Non acidic Liquid Cleaner Manufacturer's standard mildly alkaline liquid cleaner formulated for removing mold mildew and other organic soiling from ordinary building materials, including polished stone brick, aluminum, plastics and wood. 1 Available Products. a. Dominion Restoration, Inc. Bio- Cleanse b Dumond Chemicals, Inc. Safe n' Easy Architectural Cleaner /Restorer c. Price Research Ltd. Price Non -Acid Masonry Cleaner d. ProSoCo Enviro Klean Restoration Cleaner F Mild Acidic Cleaner (If required) Manufacturer's standard mildly acidic cleaner containing no hydrochloric, hydrofluoric, or sulfuric acid; or chlorine bleaches. 1 Available Products a. Diedrich Technologies Inc. Envirorestore 100 b Dominion Restoration, Inc. DR-60 Stone and Masonry Cleaner c. Dumond Chemicals, Inc. Safe n' Easy Heavy Duty Restoration Cleaner d ProSoCo Sure Klean Light -Duty Restoration Cleaner CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 3 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 1 Available Products. 3.2 PROTECTION PART 3 EXECUTION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Liquid Strippable Masking Agent: Manufacturer's standard liquid, film- forming strippable masking material for protecting glass, metal, and polished stone surfaces from damaging effects of acidic and alkaline masonry cleaners. a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc. LM 130 Acid Shield. b Diedrich Technologies Inc. Diedrich Acid Guard. c. Price Research Ltd. Price Mask. d. ProSoCo Sure Klean Strippable Masking 2.4 CHEMICAL CLEANING SOLUTIONS A. Dilute chemical cleaners with water to produce solutions not exceeding concentration recommended by chemical cleaner manufacturer B Acidic Cleaner Solution for Brick: Dilute with water to produce hydrofluoric acid content of 3 percent or Tess, but not greater than that recommended by chemical cleaner manufacturer C Acidic Cleaner Solution for Terra Cotta. Dilute with water to concentration demonstrated by testing that does not etch or otherwise damage terra cotta surface but not greater than that recommended by chemical cleaner manufacturer 3 1 RESTORATION SPECIALISTS A. Available Restoration Specialist Firms. Subject to compliance with requirements, firms that may provide clay masonry restoration and cleaning include, but are not limited to the following: 1 Crosby Restoration, Bellevue, WA 425 885 5557 2. Moore Masonry Restoration Inc. Seattle WA 206 355 8645 3 Pioneer Waterproofing, Portland OR 503.232.9020 4 Pioneer Masonry Restoration Co Seattle WA 206 782.4331 5 Western Waterproofing Renton, WA 425.226 8353 A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored building site plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from masonry restoration work. 1 Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during course of restoration and cleaning work. B Comply with chemical cleaner manufacturers' written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical cleaning solutions from coming into contact with pedestrians, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact. CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 4 1 Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners used unless chemical cleaners being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use materials that contain only waterproof UV- resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining 2. Keep wall wet below area being cleaned to prevent streaking from runoff 3 Do not clean masonry during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to unprotected surfaces. 4 Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes for disposal off Owner's property 5 Dispose of runoff from cleaning operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. C Remove downspouts adjacent to masonry and store during masonry cleaning. Reinstall when masonry restoration and cleaning is complete. 1 Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building. 3 3 BRICK REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids, cracks, bulges and loose masonry units in existing masonry rotted wood rusted metal and other deteriorated items 3 4 CLEANING MASONRY GENERAL A. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner work from top to bottom of each scaffold width and from one end of each elevation to the other B Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each masonry material and location. 1 Do not use wire brushes or brushes that are not resistant to chemical cleaner being used Do not use plastic bristle brushes if natural -fiber brushes will resist chemical cleaner being used. 2. Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated measured at spray tip Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage masonry a. Equip units with pressure gages. 3 For chemical cleaner spray application, use low- pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with cone shaped spray tip 4 For water spray application, use fan shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. 5 For high pressure water spray application, use fan shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of at least 40 degrees 6 For heated water spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated. 7 For steam application, use steam generator capable of delivering live steam at nozzle. C Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging masonry surfaces. CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 5 3 5 CLEANING BRICKWORK B Cold Water Soak: CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Removing Plant Growth Completely remove plant, moss, and shrub growth from masonry surfaces. Carefully remove plants creepers, and vegetation by cutting at roots and allowing to dry as long as possible before removal Remove loose soil and debris from open masonry joints to whatever depth they occur E. Preliminary Cleaning Before beginning general cleaning remove extraneous substances that are resistant to cleaning methods being used Extraneous substances include paint, calking asphalt, and tar 1 Carefully remove heavy accumulations of material from surface of masonry with a sharp chisel. Do not scratch or chip masonry surface 2. Remove asphalt and tar with solvent -type paint remover a. Apply only to asphalt and tar by brush without pre- wetting. b Allow paint remover to remain on surface for 10 to 30 minutes c. Rinse off with hot water using low- pressure spray d. Repeat application if needed. F Water Spray Applications. Unless otherwise indicated hold spray nozzle at least 6 inches from surface of masonry and apply water in horizontal back and forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage. G Chemical Cleaner Application Methods. Apply chemical cleaners to masonry surfaces to comply with chemical cleaner manufacturer's written instructions, use brush or spray application methods, at Contractor's option. Do not spray apply at pressures exceeding 50 psi Do not allow chemicals to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended by manufacturer H Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area at each stage or scaffold setting Periodically during each rinse, test pH of rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that chemical cleaner is completely removed 1 Apply neutralizing agent and repeat rinse if necessary to produce tested pH of between 67 and 75 After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required Remove tape and adhesive marks. A. Cold -Water Wash. Use cold water applied by medium pressure spray unless high pressure is approved based on brick density testing 1 Apply cold water by intermittent soaking. 2. Use perforated hoses or other means that will apply a fine water mist to entire surface being cleaned. 3 Apply water in cycles with at least 30 minutes between cycles 4 Continue water application until surface encrustation has softened sufficiently to permit its removal by water wash, as indicated by cleaning tests. 5 Remove soil and softened surface encrustation from masonry with cold water applied by low- pressure spray CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 6 D Detergent Cleaning: E. Mold, Mildew and Algae Removal: F Non acidic Liquid Chemical Cleaning: CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT C Hot -Water Wash. Use hot water applied by medium pressure spray if cold -water wash is ineffective. 1 Wet masonry with cold water applied by low- pressure spray 2. Scrub masonry with detergent solution using medium -soft brushes until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing Use small brushes to remove soil from mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that masonry surface remains wet. 3 Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove detergent solution and soil. 4 Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup 1 Wet masonry with cold water applied by low- pressure spray 2. Apply mold, mildew and algae remover by brush or low- pressure spray 3 Scrub masonry with medium -soft brushes until mold mildew and algae are thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing Use small brushes for mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in mold, mildew and algae remover often to ensure that adequate fresh cleaner is used and that masonry surface remains wet. 4 Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove mold, mildew and algae remover and soil. 5 Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup 1 Wet masonry with cold water applied by low- pressure spray 2. Apply cleaner to masonry by brush or low- pressure spray Let cleaner remain on surface for period indicated below a. As established by mockup 3 Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil. 4 Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning is required use steam wash G Mild Acidic Chemical Cleaning (If required) 1 Wet masonry with cold water applied by low- pressure spray 2. Apply cleaner to masonry in two applications by brush or low- pressure spray Let cleaner remain on surface for period indicated below a. As established by mockup 3 Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil 4 Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup Do not repeat more than once If additional cleaning is required, use steam wash CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 7 3 6 CLEANING TERRA COTTA A. Scrape to remove all loose coatings. B Hot -Water Wash: Use hot water applied by medium pressure spray C Non acidic Liquid Chemical Cleaning 1 Wet terra cotta with cold water applied by low- pressure spray 2. Apply cleaner to terra cotta in two applications. Let cleaner remain on surface for period indicated below 3 Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil. 4 Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup Do not repeat more than once If additional cleaning is required, use steam wash. D Mild Acidic Chemical Cleaning (If required) 1 Wet terra cotta with cold water applied by low- pressure spray 2. Apply cleaner to terra cotta in two applications. Let cleaner remain on surface for period indicated below 3 Rinse with cold water applied by medium pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil. 4 Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning is required use steam wash 3 7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors. Owner will engage qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare test reports. Allow inspectors use of lift devices and scaffolding as needed, to perform inspections. B Owner's Project Representatives. Owner will assign Project representatives to observe progress and quality of portion of the Work completed. Allow Owner's Project representatives use of scaffolding, as needed, to observe progress and quality of portion of the Work completed. C Notify inspectors and Owner's Project representatives in advance of times when lift devices and scaffolding will be relocated Do not relocate lift devices and scaffolding until inspectors and Owner's Project representatives have had reasonable opportunity to make inspections and observations of work areas at lift device or scaffold location END OF SECTION 04901 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. As established by mockup a. As established by mockup CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04901 8 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 04903 TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following 1 Restoration of terrazzo surfaces including polishing. 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all materials used if applicable Include recommendations for application and use Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. B Qualification Data: For restoration specialists including field supervisors. C Restoration Program For each phase of restoration process, provide detailed description of materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of restoration work including protection of surrounding materials in building and Project site. 1 If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase of restoration work including polishing, provide a written description, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects, and a testing program to demonstrate their effectiveness for this Project. D Slurry Disposal The contractor must submit for review the disposal plans for the wet slurry that is created from the grinding process. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications. Engage an experienced, terrazzo restoration and polishing firm to perform Work of this Section. Firm shall have completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in- service performance. 1 Restoration Specialist must provide a. Proof of active engagement in the restoration of marble /stone /terrazzo surfaces, and have been performing restoration work for the last 10 years. No subcontractors will be allowed. b At least three references for work completed of a similar nature and size as that required for this Project. TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING 04903 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT c. A letter or certificate that demonstrates the firm has received training in stone and terrazzo restoration d. Certificates of insurance coverage stating compliance with Owner's requirements. e. Sufficient skilled labor and equipment to perform all required work within Owner's time constraints 2. Field Supervision. Restoration specialist firms shall maintain experienced full -time supervisors on Project site during times that terrazzo restoration and polishing are in progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes beyond control of restoration specialist firm. Supervisors and /or Safety officers must be OSHA 30 hour certified. 3 Restoration Worker Qualifications. a. Persons who are experienced and specialize in restoration work of types they will be performing. b Persons who have received training in marble /stone /terrazzo refinishing and have been certified by a recognized firm or association involved in natural stone and terrazzo restoration. All terrazzo technicians must be OSHA 10 hour certified or greater B Mockups. Prepare mockups of restoration as follows to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution Prepare mockups utilizing existing floors 1 Restore an area including polishing approximately 24 inches square for each type of terrazzo indicated to be restored include three smaller areas as directed requiring patching prior to restoration and polishing. Restore using a wet diamond grinding /honing and polishing process prior to beginning of the Work at no cost to the Owner to determine capability of Contractor to perform work at a satisfactory level. Testing should determine diamond grit size and sequence to be used to achieve a wax free diamond polished terrazzo floor Contractor shall submit notification of conditions encountered and performance of products to Owner for acceptance and approval Upon approval of system, method and end result, the approved test shall become the standard of quality for the remaining Work. 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. B Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover and in a dry location C Store terrazzo components where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain an appropriate temperature range and adequate ventilation in areas where restoration work is being done TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING 04903 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Order materials required immediately after approval of mockups. Take delivery of and store at Project site sufficient quantities of materials to complete Project. 18 WARRANTIES A. The quality and workmanship of the restoration work shall be guaranteed to not adversely affect the existing terrazzo for a minimum of 10 years. B All crack and hole repairs must be guaranteed against failure for a minimum of 1 year unless it is deemed that building movement is causing repair failure PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TERRAZZO MATERIALS A. Provide terrazzo components to match existing terrazzo PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 RESTORATION SPECIALIST REQUIREMENTS A. Restoration specialist must use chemical free sustainable procedures for the restoration of all stone and terrazzo surfaces. Absolutely no crystallization vitrification products, surface waxes, coatings or sealers shall be used. B All terrazzo flooring shall be honed with industrial grade grinding equipment specifically designed for honing and polishing. Equipment must be the same equipment that was used for the mockup Abrasives used shall be metal and /or resin bond diamond abrasives specifically designed for marble /terrazzo floor restoration. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect persons, and adjacent surfaces and materials not being restored, from harm resulting from terrazzo restoration work and maintain a safe and accessible egress route around the work area during times work is being performed. 1 Erect temporary protective partitions around work areas and at points of pedestrian entrance and exit that must remain in service during course of restoration and polishing work. During times when restoration is not taking place the restoration area shall be accessible, useable and safe for pedestrians to use uninhibited. Wet floor signs shall be displayed at all times during work. 2. Contractor shall at all times conduct his work to ensure the least inconvenience to the Owner Closures of areas will be permitted when required upon specific written approval of the Owner 3 Contractor shall confine all equipment and materials to storage areas provided, when not in use. TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING 04903 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 4 Utilities. Special care shall be exercised around all existing utilities including, but not limited to electrical floor base and wall outlets floor diffusers, lighting and telephones. Should interruption of existing utility service become necessary at any time written approval from Owner prior to interruption is required 5 All electrical machinery shall have ground fault protection devices attached at all times. 3 3 RESTORATION PROCEDURES GENERAL A. All work, which shall be performed on terrazzo shall equal reflective value and appearance of mockup B Resurfacing Procedure Wet Diamond grinding honing and subsequent polishing shall be performed using industrial grade equipment specifically designed for stone honing and polishing work. The designated restoration areas shall be honed according to procedure established in the mockup All zinc /brass strips must be flattened according to procedure established in the mockup Care should be taken to avoid overlap and swirl patterns on the adjacent surfaces Any surface imperfections which may constitute a trip hazard shall be removed with established chemical free diamond grinding and honing Once the floor has been thoroughly honed in accordance with procedures established in mockup polishing should be performed according to procedure established in mockup for polishing C Wet Grinding: Contractor must use a wet grinding process for purposes of eliminating dust deposits and indoor air quality concerns. D Deep scratches and gouges shall be removed by established grinding procedure unless it is deemed that specific area grinding will create a dish or bowl in the floor Deep gouges or scratches not removed by grinding shall be repaired in accordance with the repair procedure listed below E. Terrazzo Repair Procedures. Repairs shall be made prior to completing all steps of the honing procedure Any holes, cracks or chips deemed repairable should be thoroughly routed out and cleaned of dirt and debris The holes cracks or chips should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to using an approved fortified color matched Portland cement and aggregate to fill in repair area and make flush with existing terrazzo surface Proper cure time should be allowed prior to continuation of honing and polishing process in repair areas F Edge Work: All edges shall be feathered in to blend with entire floor so that final finish is equal in appearance G Terrazzo Base All terrazzo base shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove grease oils dirt, waxes and other contaminants 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors. Owner will engage qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare test reports. Allow inspectors access to work areas, as needed, to perform inspections. B Contractor shall obtain and record slip resistance readings of the finished terrazzo floor and ensure the Coefficient of Friction satisfies the ADA recommendations for slip resistance. C All restored surfaces shall be inspected for compliance under this contract prior to removal of pedestrian barriers. Secure approval of Owner prior to relocation of work effort. TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING 04903 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Allow Architect and Owner access, as needed, to observe progress and quality of portion of the Work completed 3 5 MAINTENANCE AND TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide written instructions and formal class training to the Owner and designated maintenance personnel who will be caring for the polished terrazzo upon completion. The training should outline the required process for maintaining the polished floors along with the recommended products and procedures to use on the terrazzo floor B The Contractor shall provide Owner with a written slip fall prevention program including training prior to or immediately following completion of the Work. END OF SECTION 04903 TERRAZZO RESTORATION AND POLISHING 04903 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Metal ladders. 2. Ladder safety cages. 3 Abrasive metal stair nosings. B Related Sections include the following. 1 Division 3 Section 'Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete' for installing abrasive metal stair nosings and other items indicated to be cast into concrete 2. Division 5 Section 'Ornamental Railings. 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance of Ladders Provide ladders capable of withstanding the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14 3 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following 1 Metal nosings. 2. Paint products. 3 Grout. B Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1 Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections 3 For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C Samples for Verification. For each type and finish of extruded nosing. D Welding certificates. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT E. Qualification Data: For professional engineer 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following 1 AWS D1 1 'Structural Welding Code Steel. 2. AWS D1 3 'Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1 Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site. 17 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation B Coordinate installation of cast -in stair nosings for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists the following requirements apply to product selection 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to manufacturers specified. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 2 2.2 METALS GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.3 NONFERROUS METALS A. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209 Alloy 6061 T6 B Aluminum Extrusions. ASTM B 221 Alloy 6063 -T6 2.4 FASTENERS A. General Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners for use Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B Stainless -Steel Bolts and Nuts Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless -steel bolts, nuts and where indicated, flat washers; ASTM F 593 for bolts and ASTM F 594 for nuts, Alloy Group 1 C Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554 Grade 36 1 Provide hot -dip or mechanically deposited, zinc- coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized D Machine Screws. ASME B18 6 3 E. Lag Bolts. ASME B18.2.1 F Wood Screws. Flat head, ASME B18 6 1 G Plain Washers Round, ASME B18.22.1 H. Expansion Anchors. Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain without failure a Toad equal to six times the Toad imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency 1 Material for Anchors. Alloy Group 1 stainless -steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes. Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 3 1 2.6 FABRICATION GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Shop Assembly Pre assemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation B Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D Form exposed work true to Tine and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap 3 Remove welding flux immediately 4 At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware screws, and similar items. G Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 2.7 METAL LADDERS A. General 1 Comply with ANSI A14 3 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Space side rails 26 inches apart, unless otherwise indicated. 3 Support each ladder at top and bottom with welded or bolted brackets, made from same metal as ladder B Aluminum Ladders: 1 Siderails. Continuous extruded- aluminum channels or tubes not less than 5 inches deep 2 inches wide and 3/16 inch thick. 2. Rungs: Extruded- aluminum tubes, not less than 2 1/4 inch deep and not less than 1 inch thick, with ribbed tread surfaces. 3 Fit rungs in centerline of side rails, fasten by welding or with stainless -steel fasteners or brackets and aluminum rivets. 2.8 LADDER SAFETY CAGES A. General: METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 4 1 Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14 3 Assemble by welding or with stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Provide primary hoops at tops and bottoms of cages and spaced not more than 20 feet o c. Provide secondary intermediate hoops spaced not more than 48 inches o c. between primary hoops. 3 Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction by welding or with stainless -steel fasteners, unless otherwise indicated B Aluminum Ladder Safety Cages. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Primary Hoops. 1/4 -by-4 -inch flat bar hoops. 2. Secondary Intermediate Hoops. 1/4 -by -2 -inch flat bar hoops. 3 Vertical Bars. 1 /4 -by 2 -inch flat bars secured to each hoop 2.9 ABRASIVE METAL NOSINGS A. Cast -Metal Units. Cast bronze (leaded red or semi -red brass) with an integral abrasive finish consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both. Fabricate units in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions 1 Available Manufacturers a. American Safety Tread Co Inc. b Balco Inc c. Barry Pattern Foundry Co Inc. d. Granite State Casting Co e. Safe -T -Metal Co f Wooster Products Inc. 2. Nosings Cross hatched units, 4 inches wide with 1 -inch casting into concrete steps. 3 Nosings Cross hatched units 1 1/2 by 1 -1/2 inches for casting into concrete curbs. B Provide integral anchors for embedding units in concrete. C Apply bituminous paint to concealed bottoms, sides, and edges of cast -metal units set into concrete. 2.10 FINISHES GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's 'Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B Finish metal fabrications after assembly 2.11 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B As- Fabricated Finish. AA -M10 (Mechanical Finish. as fabricated, unspecified) METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Cutting Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting drilling and fitting required for installing metal fabrications Set metal fabrications accurately in location alignment, and elevation with edges and surfaces level plumb true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap 3 Remove welding flux immediately 4 At exposed connections finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface D Fastening to In -Place Construction. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction. F Corrosion Protection Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete masonry wood or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 INSTALLING NOSINGS TREADS AND THRESHOLDS A. Center nosings on tread widths. B For nosings embedded in concrete steps, align nosings flush with riser faces and level with tread surfaces. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 05721 ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Steel and iron ornamental railings 13 DEFINITIONS A. Railings Guards, handrails, and similar devices used for protection of occupants at open -sided floor areas, pedestrian guidance and support, visual separation or wall protection. 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated determine allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following 1 Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength B Structural Performance Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following Toads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated 1 Handrails. a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf /ft. applied in any direction. b Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently C Thermal Movements. Provide exterior railings.that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat Toss. 1 Temperature Change (Range) 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. D Control of Corrosion. Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 1 15 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For the following: CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Manufacturer's product lines of railings assembled from standard components 2. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B Shop Drawings. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1 For installed products indicated to comply with design Toads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C Samples for Initial Selection For products involving selection of design D Samples for Verification. For each type of exposed finish required 1 Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member including handrails, and posts. 2. Fittings and brackets 3 Welded connections. 4 Assembled Samples of railing systems, made from full -size components, including post and handrail. Show method of finishing members at intersections Samples need not be full height. E. Welding certificates. F Qualification Data. For professional engineer and testing agency G Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency according ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing through one source from a single manufacturer B Product Options. Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic, effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including structural analysis pre- construction testing, field- testing and in- service performance C Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of railings and are based in part, on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section 'Product Requirements. 1 Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review D Welding Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following 1 AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code -Steel ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 2 E. Mockups. Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1 Build section of railing consisting of two posts, top rail, and anchorage system components that are full height and are not less than 24 inches in length, for Owner approval. 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements. Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1 Established Dimensions. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating railings without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site 1 8 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following 1 Steel and Iron Ornamental Railings: 2.2 METALS GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Architectural Iron Designs, Inc. b Blum, Julius Co Inc. c. Braun, J G Company a division of the Wagner Companies. d. Wagner R B Inc. a division of the Wagner Companies. A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains discolorations, or blemishes. B Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors. Same metal and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Provide cast -metal brackets with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2.3 STEEL AND IRON A. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) B Bars Hot rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A 29M Grade 1010 C Plates, Shapes, and Bars. ASTM A 36/A 36M D Castings: Either gray or malleable iron, unless otherwise indicated 1 Gray Iron. ASTM A 48/A 48M Class 30 unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide the following 1 Stainless -Steel Components Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners. B Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction Select fasteners of type grade and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design Toads. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes. Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B Zinc -Rich Primer Complying with SSPC -Paint 20 or SSPC -Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. 1 Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3 5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 2. Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following a. Benjamin Moore Co Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer CM18/19 b. Carboline Company Carbozinc 621 c. ICI Devoe Coatings, Catha -Coat 313 d. International Coatings Limited; Interzinc 315 Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer e. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97-670 f Sherwin Williams Company (The) Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer g. Tnemec Company Inc. Tneme -Zinc 90 -97 C High- Performance Coating for Steel, Intermediate Coat: High -build urethane or epoxy coating recommended by manufacturer for application over specified zinc -rich primer under specified polyurethane enamel. ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 4 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following: D Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187 E Non shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory- packaged non staining non corrosive nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107 Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. F Anchoring Cement: Factory- packaged non shrink, non staining hydraulic controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching and grouting compound 1 Water- Resistant Product: At exterior locations provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.6 FABRICATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Benjamin Moore Co M73/M75 Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane Semi Gloss. b Carboline Company* Carboguard 890 2- Component Epoxy c. ICI Devoe Coatings, Devthane378 Aliphatic Urethane Semi -Gloss Enamel d International Coatings Limited Interthane 870 e. PPG Architectural Finishes Inc. Aquapon 97 -130 Epoxy f Sherwin Williams Company (The) Macropoxy HS High Solids Epoxy g. Tnemec Company Inc. Series 27 Hi -Build Epoxy A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish and anchorage but not less than that required to support structural loads B Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C Cut, drill and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F Cut, reinforce, drill and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G Welded Connections. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose Weld all around at connections including at fittings. 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap 3 Remove flux immediately ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 5 H. Form changes in direction as follows. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 4 At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. 1 As detailed. 2. By radius bends of radius indicated or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings of radius indicated. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. J Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated end fittings K. Provide wall returns at ends of wall- mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less L. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings and Anchors. Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless otherwise indicated M Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure N For railing posts set in concrete provide steel sleeves not less than 6 inches long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, with steel plate forming bottom closure. 2.7 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth B For non galvanized steel railings, provide non galvanized ferrous -metal fittings, brackets fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or masonry C Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed railings. 1 Exterior Railings (SSPC Zone 1B) SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No 3 'Commercial Blast Cleaning. D Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings, unless otherwise indicated Comply with requirements in SSPC -PA 1 'Paint Application Specification No 1 Shop Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry 1 Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces. 2. Stripe paint corners crevices bolts, welds, and sharp edges. ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT E. High- Performance Coating Finish Apply intermediate and finish coats to surfaces of railings primed with zinc -rich primer Comply with coating manufacturer's written directions and with requirements in SSPC -PA 1 'Paint Application Specification No 1 Shop Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel, for shop painting 1 Apply intermediate coat at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer to achieve a dry film thickness of 3 0 to 8.0 mils for epoxy intermediate coats and 1 5 to 4 0 mils for aliphatic urethane intermediate coats. 2. Apply topcoat at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer to achieve a dry film thickness of 1 5 to 4 0 mils. 3 Match approved Samples for color texture and coverage Remove and refinish, or recoat work that does not comply with specified requirements PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1 Do not weld cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3 Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C Corrosion Protection. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum and copper alloys that will be in contact with grout, concrete masonry wood or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. D Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In -Place Construction. Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring Toads to in -place construction. 3.2 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components Comply with requirements for welded connections in Part 2 'Fabrication' Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field B Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip -joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to 1 side, and locate joint within 6 inches of post. ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 ANCHORING POSTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with non shrink, non- metallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions or B Form or core -drill holes not Tess than 5 deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with non shrink, non metallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. C Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, welded to post after placing anchoring material or attached to post with set screws. D Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off surplus anchoring material; and leave 1/8 -inch buildup sloped away from post. E. Anchor steel posts to steel with flanges, angle or floor type as required by conditions, welded to posts and bolted to metal supporting members F Anchor posts to metal surfaces with flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows 1 For steel railings, weld flanges to posts and bolt to metal supporting surfaces. G Install removable railing sections where indicated in slip -fit metal sockets cast in concrete. 3 4 ANCHORING RAILING ENDS A. Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with sleeves concealed within railing ends or flanges connected to railing ends or brackets on underside of rails connected to railing ends and anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts. B Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and welded to railing ends or connected to railing ends using non welded connections. 3 5 ATTACHING HANDRAILS TO WALLS A. Attach handrails to walls with wall brackets. Provide brackets with 1 -1/2 -inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. B Locate brackets as indicated or if not indicated at spacing required to support structural Toads. C Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows. 1 For solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 3 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Payment for these services will be made by Contractor ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 8 B Extent and Testing Methodology Testing agency will randomly select completed railing assemblies for testing that are representative of different railing designs and conditions in the completed Work. Railings will be tested according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 for compliance with performance requirements. C Remove and replace railings where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements unless they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to Architect and will comply with specified requirements. D Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3 7 CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop painted surfaces 3 8 PROTECTION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to shop make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units END OF SECTION 05721 ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 9 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: ROUGH CARPENTRY 1 Framing with timber 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Framing Framing not concealed by other construction. B Dimension Lumber Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension. C Timber Lumber of 4 inches nominal or greater in least dimension D Lumber grading agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1 NeLMA. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NLGA. National Lumber Grades Authority 3 RIS Redwood Inspection Service 4 SPIB The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6 WWPA. Western Wood Products Association 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details 1 Include data for wood preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 3 Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B Research /Evaluation Reports. For the following showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 06100 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Wood preservative- treated wood. 2. Power driven fasteners. 3 Metal framing anchors 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS GENERAL A. Lumber DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules- writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated 1 Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified Where actual sizes are indicated they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber 3 Provide dressed lumber S4S unless otherwise indicated 2.2 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process. AWPA C2 except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX) 1 Preservative Chemicals. Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium B Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review D Application Treat all rough carpentry unless otherwise indicated 2.3 TIMBER FRAMING A. Provide timber framing complying with the following requirements, according to grading rules of grading agency indicated: 1 Species and Grade: Douglas fir -larch Douglas fir -larch (north) or Douglas fir -south Select Structural or No 1 grade, NLGA, WCLIB or WWPA. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 20 percent. 3 Additional Restriction. Free of heart centers. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 2 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following 1 Blocking 2. Nailers. B For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No 2 grade lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content of any species. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General' Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture 1 Provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M B Nails, Brads, and Staples ASTM F 1667 C Power Driven Fasteners. NES NER 272. D Wood Screws. ASME B18 6 1 E. Lag Bolts ASME B18.2.1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT F Bolts Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307 Grade A, with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.6 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following B Basis -of- Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products indicated on Drawings or comparable products by one of the following 1 Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. 2. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. 3 Harlen Metal Products, Inc. 4 KC Metals Products, Inc. 5 Simpson Strong -Tie Co Inc. 6 Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co Inc. 7 USP Structural Connectors. C Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads as published by manufacturer that meet or exceed those indicated of basis -of- design products. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency D Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot -dip zinc coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M G60 coating designation. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines with members plumb true to line cut, and fitted Fit rough carpentry to other construction scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction B Framing Standard: Comply with the AF &PA 'Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction, unless otherwise indicated. C Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials fixtures, specialty items, and trim. F Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative- treated lumber 1 Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water G Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1 Table 2304 9 1 'Fastening Schedule, in the ICC International Building Code. H Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B Attach items to substrates to support applied loading Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3 3 TIMBER FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install timber with crown edge up and provide not less than 4 inches of bearing on supports. Provide continuous members unless otherwise indicated; tie together over supports as indicated if not continuous. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B Install wood posts using metal anchors indicated. C Treat ends of timber beams and posts exposed to weather by dipping in water repellent preservative for 15 minutes. 3 4 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather If despite protection, inorganic boron- treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA registered label B Protect rough carpentry from weather If despite protection rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA registered label. END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 06201 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Exterior standing and running trim. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 6 Section 'Rough Carpentry' for blocking and other carpentry work not exposed to view 13 DEFINITIONS A. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1 NeLMA. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 2. NLGA. National Lumber Grades Authority 3 RIS Redwood Inspection Service 4 SPIB The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau 5 WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6 WWPA. Western Wood Products Association 14 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for Verification. 1 For each species and cut of lumber with 1/2 of exposed surface finished 50 sq. in. 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06201 1 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Weather Limitations. Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish can be applied without exposure to rain, snow or dampness B Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged or mold damaged 1 Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include but are not limited to fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS GENERAL A. Lumber DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review 1 Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency 2.2 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Lumber Trim for Opaque- Stained and Painted Finish. 1 Species and Grade. Western red cedar Grade A, NLGA, WCLIB or WWPA. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. 3 Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 4 Face Surface Surfaced (smooth) 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to penetrate not Tess than 1 1/2 inches into wood substrate. 1 For applications not otherwise indicated provide hot -dip galvanized steel or aluminum fasteners. B Wood Glue. Waterproof resorcinol glue recommended by manufacturer for exterior carpentry use C Sealants. Latex, complying with ASTM C 834 Type P Grade NF and with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section Joint Sealants' recommended by sealant manufacturer and manufacturer of substrates for intended application 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06201 2 2.4 FABRICATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Bostik Findley Chem -Calk 600 b Pecora Corporation, AC -20+ c. Schnee Morehead Inc. SM 8200 d. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. Sonolac. e. Tremco Tremflex 834 A. Back out or kerf backs of standing and running trim wider than 5 inches, except members with ends exposed in finished work. B Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16 -inch radius and edges of lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8 -inch radius. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance 8 Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged C Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B Prime lumber to be painted including both faces and edges. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section 'Painting. 3 3 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. B Install exterior finish carpentry level plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1 Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. 2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32 -inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16 -inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 3 Coordinate exterior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exterior finish carpentry EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06201 3 3 4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install trim with minimum number of joints practical, using full length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long except where necessary 1 Use scarf joints for end -to -end joints. B Fit exterior joints to exclude water Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight fitting joints with full- surface contact throughout length of joint. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment. C Unless otherwise indicated countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand where face fastening is unavoidable. 3 5 ADJUSTING CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Replace exterior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements Exterior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3 6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction. B Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1 Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include but are not limited to fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 06201 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06201 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 07540 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Adhered membrane roofing system. 2. Tapered roof insulation. B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 6 Section 'Rough Carpentry' for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Division 7 Section Joint Sealants. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's 'The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual' for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B Design Uplift Pressure. The uplift pressure, calculated according to procedures in SPRI's 'Wind Load Design Guide for Fully Adhered and Mechanically Fastened Roofing Systems, before multiplication by a safety factor C Factored Design Uplift Pressure The uplift pressure, calculated according to procedures in SPRI's 'Wind Load Design Guide for Fully Adhered and Mechanically Fastened Roofing Systems, after multiplication by a safety factor 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure B Material Compatibility Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C Roofing System Design. Provide a membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressure calculated according to ASCE 7 1 Corner Uplift Pressure. 90 Ibf /sq. ft. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2. Perimeter Uplift Pressure. 60 Ibf /sq. ft. 3 Field -of -Roof Uplift Pressure 36 Ibf /sq. ft. D FMG Listing: Provide roofing membrane, base flashings, and component materials that comply with requirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a membrane roofing system and that are listed in FMG's Approval Guide' for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FMG markings. 1 Fire/Windstorm Classification Class 1A -100 2. Hail Resistance. MH 15 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Shop Drawings. For roofing system. Include plans elevations, sections details, and attachments to other Work. Details are to be site specific, drawn at a minimum scale of 3' 1 0' Details are to be based on manufacturer standard details and are to emulate existing roofing details, Contractor is to verify and coordinate 1 Base fiashings and membrane terminations 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes 3 Insulation fastening patterns. C Samples for Verification For the following products. 1 6 -by -6 -inch square of sheet roofing of color specified including T- shaped side and end lap seam 2. 6 -inch length of metal termination bars. D Installer Certificates. Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. E. Manufacturer Certificates. Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in 'Performance Requirements' Article 1 Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements. F Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer G Product Test Reports. Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency for components of roofing system. H. Research /Evaluation Reports. For components of membrane roofing system Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. J Warranties. Special warranties specified in this Section. K. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 2 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Installer Qualifications. A qualified firm that is approved authorized or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty B Manufacturer Qualifications. A qualified manufacturer that has UL listing for membrane roofing system identical to that used for this Project. C Testing Agency Qualifications. An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548 D Source Limitations. Obtain components for membrane roofing system from or approved by roofing membrane manufacturer E. Fire Test Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire -test response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency 1 Exterior Fire -Test Exposure. Class A, ASTM E 108 for application and roof slopes indicated 2. Fire Resistance Ratings. ASTM E 119 for fire- resistance -rated roof assemblies of which roofing system is a part. F Pre installation Conference. Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system including, but not limited to the following: 1 Meet with Owner Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable testing and inspecting agency representative roofing Installer roofing system manufacturer's representative deck Installer and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation including manufacturer's written instructions. 3 Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4 Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements including flatness and fastening 5 Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6 Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage roof penetrations equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 7 Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9 Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean dry protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1 Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life C Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturers written instructions for handling storing and protecting during installation D Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1 8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 19 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty Manufacturer's standard form without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period Failure includes roof leaks. 1 Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing membrane accessories, roof insulation fasteners, cover boards, walkway products, membrane and sheet metal flashings and other components of membrane roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B Special Project Warranty Submit roofing Installer's warranty on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer covering Work of this Section, including all components of membrane roofing system such as roofing membrane, base flashing roof insulation fasteners, cover boards substrate boards vapor retarders, roof pavers, and walkway products, for the following warranty period: 1 Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection. 1 Products. Subject to compliance with requirements provide one of the products specified 2. Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2.2 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Fabric Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet: Uniform, flexible sheet formed from a thermoplastic polyolefin, internally fabric or scrim reinforced, and as follows. 1 Manufacturers limited to Manufactures of roofing membrane listed on warranty a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. b Firestone Building Products Company c. Johns Manville. 2. Thickness: 60 mils nominal 3 Exposed Face Color Gray 4 Physical Properties. a. Breaking Strength 225 Ibf ASTM D 751 grab method. b Elongation at Break: 15 percent; ASTM D 751 c. Tearing Strength 55 Ibf minimum, ASTM D 751 Procedure B d. Brittleness Point: Minus 22 deg F e Ozone Resistance: No cracks after sample, wrapped around a 3- inch diameter mandrel, is exposed for 166 hours to a temperature of 104 deg Fand an ozone level of 100 pphm, ASTM D 1149 f Resistance to Heat Aging: 90 percent minimum retention of breaking strength, elongation at break, and tearing strength after 166 hours at 240 deg FASTM D 573 g. Water Absorption. Less than 4 percent mass change after 166 hours' immersion at 158 deg F ASTM D 471 h. Linear Dimension Change. Plus or minus 2 percent; ASTM D 1204 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing 1 Liquid -type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B Sheet Flashing. Manufacturer's standard un- reinforced thermoplastic polyolefin sheet flashing, 55 mils thick, minimum, of same color as sheet membrane C Bonding Adhesive. Manufacturer's standard bonding adhesive for membrane, and solvent based bonding adhesive for base flashings. D Metal Termination Bars. Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless steel or aluminum bars approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors. E. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard aluminum- zinc alloy- coated or zinc coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inchwide by 0 05 inch thick, pre- punched. F Fasteners. Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion resistance provisions in FMG 4470 designed for fastening membrane to substrate and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G Miscellaneous Accessories. Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings T -joint covers termination reglets, cover strips and other accessories. 2.4 ROOF INSULATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards selected from manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated. B Tapered Insulation. Provide factory- tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated C Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain Fabricate to slopes indicated 2.5 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. B Fasteners. Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion resistance provisions in FMG 4470 designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer C Cold Fluid Applied Adhesive. Manufacturer's standard cold fluid applied adhesive formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. D Cover Board ASTM C 1177/C 1177M glass -mat, water resistant gypsum substrate 5/8 thick. 1 Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide 'Dens -Deck Prime by Georgia Pacific Corporation. 2.6 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 6152, SEBS modified. B Asphalt Primer ASTM D 41 2.7 ADHESIVES AND SEALERS A. All products shall be furnished by Roofing Manufacture and specifically formulated for intended purpose. 1 Bonding Adhesive. Roofing Manufactures Bonding Adhesive 2. Edge Sealant: Roofing Manufactures Cut Edge Sealant. 3 Water Block or Cut -Off Sealer Roofing Manufactures Water Block or Cut -Off Mastic and Sealant. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 6 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1 Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking curbs and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation 3 Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed 4 Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263 5 Verify that compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed 6 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions Remove sharp projections. B Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing 3 3 INSULATION INSTALLATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday B Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation C Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water E. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1 Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 7 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT F Adhered Insulation. Install tapered insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1 Prime surface of deck with asphalt primer at a rate of 3/4 gal. /100 sq. ft. and allow primer to dry 2. Set insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, applied within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature. 3 Set each layer of insulation in a cold fluid applied adhesive G. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Stagger joints from joints in insulation below a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck. 1 Adhere according to requirements in FMG's Approval Guide' for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter and field of roof 3 Comply with membrane roofing system manufacture s warranty and wind speed design criteria. 3 4 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax before installing 1 Install sheet according to ASTM D 5036 B Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel C Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer Stagger end laps. D Bonding Adhesive Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of roofing membrane at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing roofing membrane Do not apply bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing membrane E. Mechanically or adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations penetrations and perimeter of roofing. F Apply roofing membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. G Seams. Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane and hot -air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1 Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of roofing membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3 Repair tears voids, and lapped seams in roofing membrane that does not meet requirements. H Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing membrane in place with clamping ring. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 8 3 5 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B Apply solvent -based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. C Flash penetrations and field- formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing. D Clean seam areas and overlap and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B Final Roof Inspection Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. 1 Notify Architect or Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. C Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D Additional testing and inspecting at Contractor's expense will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.7 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to the Architect and Owner B Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. 3 8 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY A. WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address> herein called the 'Roofing Installer has performed roofing and associated work "work on the following project: THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 9 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Owner <Insert name of Owner> 2. Address. <Insert address> 3 Building Name/Type. <Insert information> 4 Address. <Insert address> 5 Area of Work: <Insert information> 6 Acceptance Date <Insert date> 7 Warranty Period: <Insert time> 8 Expiration Date. <Insert date> B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period C NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period he will at his own cost and expense make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition. D This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions. 1 Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the building and to building contents, caused by a. lightning b peak gust wind speed exceeding 105 mph, c. fire, d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking settlement, excessive deflection, deterioration and decomposition e. faulty construction of parapet walls, chimneys, skylights, vents, and other penetrations of the work; f vapor condensation on bottom of roofing and g. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors maintenance personnel other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner 2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3 Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work. 4 During Warranty Period if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer including cutting, patching and maintenance in connection with penetrations attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty 5 During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for but was not originally specified for a promenade, work deck, spray cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 10 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 6 Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration 7 This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor E. IN WITNESS THEREOF this instrument has been duly executed this Insert day> day of <Insert month> <Insert year> 1 Authorized Signature. <Insert signature> 2. Name. <Insert name> 3 Title <Insert title> END OF SECTION 07540 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 11 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications including those specified by reference to this Section. 1 Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal non traffic surfaces. a. Perimeter joints between existing masonry and frames of doors, windows and louvers b Other joints as indicated 2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 9 Section Acoustical Panel Ceilings' for sealing edge moldings at perimeters of acoustical ceilings. 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates B Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each joint sealant product indicated B Samples for Initial Selection. Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view C Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, with joint sealants in 1/2- inch -wide joints formed between two 6- inch -long matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. of cured sealants provide Samples strips of material JOINT SEALANTS 07920 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT D Product Certificates. For each type of joint sealant and accessory signed by product manufacturer E. SWRI Validation Certificate For each elastomeric sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program. F Qualification Data. For Installer G Pre construction Field Test Reports Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on pre- construction testing specified in 'Quality Assurance' Article H. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports. From sealant manufacturer indicating the following 1 Materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion Field Test Report Log For each elastomeric sealant application. J Product Test Reports Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency indicating that sealants comply with requirements. K. Warranties. Special warranties specified in this Section 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications. Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer C Pre construction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturers for testing indicated below samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1 Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Submit not fewer than eight pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates shims, joint sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 3 Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4 For materials failing tests, obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 5 Testing will not be required if joint sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. D Product Testing: Obtain test results for 'Product Test Reports' Paragraph in 'Submittals' Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within a 36- month period preceding the Notice to Proceed with the Work. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Testing Agency Qualifications. An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548 2. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920 and where applicable to other standard test methods. 3 Test elastomeric joint sealants according to SWRI's Sealant Validation Program for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920 for adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement, adhesion -in -peel and indentation hardness. 4 Test other joint sealants for compliance with requirements indicated by referencing standard specifications and test methods. E. Pre construction Field- Adhesion Testing Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows. 1 Locate test joints where indicated on Project or if not indicated as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. b Each type of non elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3 Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected 4 Arrange for tests to take place with joint sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side 5 Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained 6 Evaluation of Pre construction Field- Adhesion -Test Results Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3 Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4 Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 3 17 WARRANTY CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Special Installer's Warranty Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion B Special Manufacturer's Warranty Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period Five years from date of Substantial Completion C Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1 Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3 Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents 4 Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 MATERIALS GENERAL A. Compatibility Provide joint sealants, backings and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B VOC Content of Interior Sealants. Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 1 Sealants. 250 g /L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates. 250 g /L. 3 Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates. 775 g /L. C Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 4 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants. Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid applied chemically curing sealant specified including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B Stain Test Response Characteristics. Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247 and qualify for the length of exposure indicated by reference to ASTM C 920 for Class 1 or 2. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water unless otherwise indicated D Single- Component Neutral- and Basic Curing Silicone Sealant (Interior and Exterior where noted) 1 Available Products. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. Dow Corning Corporation, 790 b GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700 c. Tremco Spectrem 1 (Basic) d. GE Silicones; SilPruf SCS2000 e Pecora Corporation; 864 f Pecora Corporation; 890 g. Polymeric Systems Inc. PSI -641 h. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. Omniseal. i. Tremco Spectrem 3 j. Dow Corning Corporation; 791 k. Dow Corning Corporation 795 I. GE Silicones, SilPruf NB SCS9000 m. GE Silicones, UltraPruf II SCS2900 n. Pecora Corporation, 865 o Pecora Corporation, 895 p Pecora Corporation, 898 2. Type and Grade. S (single component) and NS (non -sag) 3 Class. 100/50 4 Use Related to Exposure: NT (non traffic) 5 Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M G, A, and as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0 a. Use 0 Joint Substrates. Coated glass, aluminum coated with a high performance coating, galvanized steel ceramic tile and wood 6 Stain Test Response Characteristics Non- staining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248 E. Single- Component Non -sag Urethane Sealant (General Use Exterior) 1 Available Products: a. Sika Corporation, Inc. Sikaflex la. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 5 JOINT SEALANTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT b Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. Ultra. c. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. NP 1 d. Tremco, Vulkem 116 2. Type and Grade. S (single component) and NS (non -sag) 3 Class 25 4 Uses Related to Exposure T (traffic) and NT (non- traffic) 5 Uses Related to Joint Substrates. M G A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0 a. Use 0 Joint Substrates. Aluminum coated with a high performance coating, galvanized steel and wood 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant (General Use Interior) Comply with ASTM C 834 Type P Grade NF B Available Products. 1 Bostik Findley' Chem -Calk 600 2. Pecora Corporation, AC -20+ 3 Schnee Morehead, Inc. SM 8200 4 Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. Sonolac. 5 Tremco Tremflex 834 2.5 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard non -sag paintable, non staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following 1 Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90 2. Available Products. a. Pecora Corporation, AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b United States Gypsum Co SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2.6 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non staining are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers, and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330 Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin) 0 (open -cell material) B (bi- cellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types as approved in writing by joint sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: C Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056 nonabsorbent to water and gas and capable of remaining resilient at 07920 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT temperatures down to minus 26 deg F Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D Bond Breaker Tape Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure Provide self adhesive tape where applicable. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from pre- construction joint sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces. Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C Masking Tape Non staining nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements. 1 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer) old joint sealants, oil grease waterproofing, water repellents, water surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air Porous joint substrates include the following a. Masonry JOINT SEALANTS 07920 7 3 Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal b Glass B Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer based on pre- construction joint sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C Masking Tape Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal 3 3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply B Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. D Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability 1 Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings 3 Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. E. Install bond breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. F Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1 Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration 3 Produce uniform, cross sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability G. Tooling of Non -sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 8 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces 3 Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. H Installation of Preformed Tapes Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field- Adhesion Testing: Field test joint sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows 1 Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows. a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate b Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab Method B Exposed Surface Finish Hand Pull Tab Method C Field Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Flap or Method D Water Immersion in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 as appropriate for type of joint-sealant application indicated a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately do this by extending cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side 3 Inspect joints for complete fill for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements Record results in a field- adhesion -test log 4 Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand -pull test criteria. b Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 5 Record test results in a field- adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 6 Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B Evaluation of Field Test Results. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other JOINT SEALANTS 07920 9 requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3 5 CLEANING CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur 3 6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If despite such protection damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS 07920 10 N I NM MI OM MI M• r r M MI s r ABBREVIATIONS NO FINISH WORK AT THIS LOCATION CPT -X CARPET TYPE EFTR EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN P -X PAINT COLOR RB 4' HIGH RESILIENT BASE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SAT -X SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TYPE TRZ EXISTING TERRAZZO FINISH TO BE RESTORED GENERAL NOTES 1 SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC FINISH PATTERNS LOCATIONS ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CEILING WALLS ROOM ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE CEILING HEIGHT AFF NORTH 1 EAST 1 SOUTH 1 WEST SAT 1 100 LAW LIBRARY CPT 1 RB -1 EFTR 10' -6' P 1 P -1 P 1 P -1 101 WOMEN EFTR EFTR P -3 11 10' EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR 102 VESTIBULE 103 MEN 104 OFFICE CPT 1 RB 1 SAT 1 10' 6' P 1 P 1 P 1 P 1 105 OFFICE CPT 1 RB 1 SAT 1 10' 6' P 1 P 1 P 1 P 1 PARKS DEPARTMENT TRZ SAT 1 106 OPEN OFFICE CPT 1 RB -1 EFTR 10' -6' P -1 P 1 P -1 P 1 107 CONFERENCE CPT 1 RB -1 SAT 1 10' -6' P -1 P 1 P 1 P 1 108 OPEN OFFICE CPT 1 RB -1 SAT 1 10' -6' P 1 P -1 P 1 P 1 109 OPEN OFFICE CPT 1 RB -1 SAT 1 10' -6' P 1 P -1 P 1 P -1 110 VESTIBULE TRZ RB SAT 1 10' -6' P 1 P 1 P -1 P 1 EFTR 111 ENTRY TRZ EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR NOTES ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 09000 1 ABBREVIATIONS NO FINISH WORK AT THIS LOCATION CPT -X CARPET /TYPE EFTR EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN P -X PAINT COLOR RB 4' HIGH RESILIENT BASE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SAT -X SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TYPE TRZ EXISTING TERRAZZO FINISH TO BE RESTORED GENERAL NOTES 1 SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC FINISH PATTERNS LOCATIONS ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CEILING WALLS ROOM ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE CEILING HEIGHT AFF NORTH 1 EAST 1 SOUTH 1 WEST 112 LOBBY TRZ EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR EFTR 113 STORAGE EXTENSION OFFICE TRZ 114 RECEPTION CPT 1 RB -1 SAT 1 10' -6' P -1 P -1 P 1 P -1 115 OFFICE CPT 1 RB -1 SAT 1 10' -6' P -1 P -1 P -1 P -1 116 OFFICE CPT 1 RB -1 SAT 1 10' -6' P -1 P 1 P -1 P -1 117 STORAGE NOTES ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 09000 2 MI N E M OM M NM MI NM MI O S I MN i M IIIIIII SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. This Section includes the following' 1 Interior gypsum board B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 9 painting Sections for primers applied to gypsum board surfaces. 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1 4 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather condensation direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes Stack panels flat to prevent sagging. 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned C Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1 Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELS GENERAL 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Size. Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following a. American Gypsum Co b BPB America Inc. c. G -P Gypsum. d Lafarge North America Inc. e. National Gypsum Company f PABCO Gypsum g. Temple. h USG Corporation. B Ceiling Type Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type gypsum board. 1 Thickness: 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch verify 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.3 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General. Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M B Joint Tape. 1 Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper C Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1 Pre filling At open joints, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints fasteners and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound 3 Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound 4 Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound 5 Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting -type, sandable topping compound GYPSUM BOARD 09250 2 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations B Steel Drill Screws. ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1 Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0 033 to 0 112 inch thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance B Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged and mold damaged. C Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840 B Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member C Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. B Locate edge and end joints over supports except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings E. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings etc.) except in chases braced internally F Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 3 3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations. 1 Ceiling Type. As indicated on Drawings and Ceiling surfaces. B Single -Layer Application. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 3 1 Fastening Methods. Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3 4 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B Pre -fill open joints, and damaged surface areas. C Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints. D Gypsum Board Finish Levels. Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840' 1 Level 5 To match adjacent finish unless noted otherwise. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 9 Sections. 3 5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged and mold damaged. 1 Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include but are not limited to discoloration, sagging or irregular shape 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include but are not limited to fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings 13 DEFINITIONS A. AC Articulation Class B CAC Ceiling Attenuation Class. C LR. Light Reflectance coefficient. D NRC Noise Reduction Coefficient. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other based on input from installers of the items involved: 1 Ceiling suspension system members 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3 Ceiling- mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers grilles, speakers, sprinklers access panels and special moldings. 4 Minimum Drawing Scale. 1/4 inch 1 foot. C Shop Drawings indicating all seismic details required per ASTM 580 D Samples for Initial Selection For components with factory- applied color finishes. E. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below send directly to Owner with transmittal copy to Architect. 1 Acoustical Panel: Set of 6- inch square Samples of each type, color pattern, and texture. 2. Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim. Set of 12- inch -long Samples of each type, finish and color F Qualification Data. For testing agency ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 1 G Field quality control test reports. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT H. Product Test Reports. Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for each acoustical panel ceiling. Research /Evaluation Reports: For each acoustical panel ceiling and components and anchor and fastener type. J Maintenance Data. For finishes to include in maintenance manuals 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acoustical Testing Agency Qualifications An independent testing laboratory or an NVLAP accredited laboratory with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated NVLAP- accredited laboratories must document accreditation based on a 'Certificate of Accreditation' and a 'Scope of Accreditation' listing the test methods specified B Source Limitations. 1 Acoustical Ceiling Panel. Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer 2. Suspension System. Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer C Source Limitations Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and supporting suspension system through one source from a single manufacturer D Fire Test Response Characteristics. Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements. 1 Fire Resistance Characteristics: Where indicated provide acoustical panel ceilings identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction a. Fire Resistance Ratings. Indicated by design designations from UL's 'Fire Resistance Directory' or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency b Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency 2. Surface- Burning Characteristics. Provide acoustical panels with the following surface burning characteristics complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 a. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. E. Seismic Standard. Provide acoustical panel ceilings designed and installed to withstand the effects of earthquake motions according to the following: 1 Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580 F Mockups. Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 2 1 Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Environmental Limitations. Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof wet work in spaces is complete and dry work above ceilings is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use 18 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures HVAC equipment, fire- suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1 9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Full -size panels equal to 5 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension System Components. Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns acoustical ratings, and Tight reflectances, unless otherwise indicated. B Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Where appearance characteristics of acoustical panels are indicated by referencing pattern designations in ASTM E 1264 and not manufacturers' proprietary product designations, provide products selected by Architect from each manufacturer's full range that comply with requirements indicated for type, pattern, color light reflectance acoustical performance, edge detail and size. C Broad Spectrum Anti microbial Fungicide and Bactericide Treatment: Provide acoustical panels treated with manufacturer's standard anti microbial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew and gram positive and gram- negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SAT 1 A. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong World Industries, Cirrus Tegular No 561 1 Other Products may be considered prior to Bid providing they exactly match the Basis -of- Design Product in texture and profile B Classification. Provide fire- resistance -rated panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for type, form and pattern as follows 1 Type and Form. Type III mineral base with painted finish, Form 1 nodular 2. Pattern. As indicated by manufacturer's designation C Color White. D LR. Not less than 0 85 E. NRC Not less than 0 65 F CAC Not less than 35 G Edge /Joint Detail: Beaded Tegular H Thickness 3/4 inch I Modular Size. 24 by 24 inches. J Anti microbial Treatment: Broad spectrum fungicide and bactericide based. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635 B Finishes and Colors, General Comply with The NAAMM 'Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT C Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635 Table 1 'Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated Comply with seismic design requirements. D Wire Hangers, Braces and Ties. Provide wires complying with the following requirements. 1 Zinc Coated Carbon -Steel Wire ASTM A 641/A 641 M Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635 Table 1 'Direct Hung will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0 135 -inch- diameter wire. E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust inhibitive paint. F Angle Hangers. Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide formed with 0 04- inch thick, galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M G90 coating designation with bolted connections and 5/16- inch diameter bolts G Seismic Stabilizer Bars (As Required). Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces. H Seismic Struts (As Required) Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate seismic forces. Seismic Clips (As Required) Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed and spaced to secure acoustical panels in -place 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SAT 1 A. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements provide Armstrong World Industries, Suprafine or a comparable product. 2.5 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Roll- Formed, Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim. Manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements formed from sheet metal of same material, finish and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 1 Provide manufacturer's standard edge moldings that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated and that match width and configuration of exposed runners, unless otherwise indicated 2. For circular penetrations of ceiling provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly 2.6 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following: 1 Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints. a. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 5 PART 3 EXECUTION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT b USG Corporation, SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. B Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints. Manufacturer's standard non -sag paintable non- staining latex sealant, with a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. 1 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using Tess- than half -width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3 3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 and seismic design requirements indicated per manufacturer's written instructions and The CISCA 'Ceiling Systems Handbook. B Suspend ceiling hangers from plaster ceiling support members and as follows: 1 Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions, offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counter splaying, or other equally effective means. 3 Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions, offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing counter splaying, or other equally effective means. 4 Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 5 Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6 When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 7 Space hangers not more than 48 inches o c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated, provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member 8. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from existing plaster ceiling support members as required for hangers. D Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1 Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely 3 Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another Remove and replace dented bent, or kinked members F Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1 Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows. a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans 2. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation, match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections. Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections and prepare reports. 1 Suspended ceiling system. 2. Hangers anchors and fasteners B Testing Agency Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. C Tests and Inspections. Testing and inspecting of completed installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners shall take place in successive stages, in areas of extent and using methods as follows. Do not proceed with installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers for the next area until test results for previously completed installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers show compliance with requirements. 1 Extent of Each Test Area: When installation of ceiling suspension systems on each floor has reached 20 percent completion but no panels have been installed. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 7 D Remove and replace acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above. 3 5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings including trim, edge moldings and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage END OF SECTION 09511 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. When testing discovers fasteners and anchors that do not comply with requirements, testing agency will test those anchors not previously tested until 20 pass consecutively and then will resume initial testing frequency ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 09653 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1 Resilient base. 2. Resilient molding accessories. 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Samples for Verification: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard -size Samples but not Tess than 6 inches long, of each resilient product color texture and pattern required C Product Schedule. For resilient products Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Test Response Characteristics. As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency 1 Critical Radiant Flux Classification Class I not less than 0 45 W /sq. cm. 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer but not Tess than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive resilient products during the following time periods. 1 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 1 3 48 hours after installation B Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F C Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting have been completed 1 7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof of each type, color pattern, and size of resilient product installed PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT BASE RB -1 A. Resilient Base CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b Flexco Inc. c. Roppe Corporation, USA. B Resilient Base Standard. ASTM F 1861 1 Material Requirement: Type TS (rubber vulcanized thermoset) 2. Manufacturing Method. Group I (solid homogeneous) 3 Style. Cove (base with toe) C Minimum Thickness 0 125 inch. D Height: 4 inches or 6 inches as indicated on Drawings and Room Finish Schedule. E. Lengths. Coils in manufacturer's standard length. F Outside Corners. Job formed G. Inside Corners. Job formed H. Finish Manufacturer's standard low luster finish Colors and Patterns. As indicated by manufacturer's designations in Resilient Wall Base and Accessories Color Schedule at the end of Part 3. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2.2 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Resilient Molding Accessory 1 Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b Flexco Inc. c. Roppe Corporation, USA. B Description. Transition strips C Material Rubber D Profile and Dimensions As required E Colors and Patterns. As indicated by manufacturer's designations in Resilient Wall Base and Accessories Color Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds Latex modified Portland cement based or blended hydraulic- cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B Adhesives: Water- resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1 Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION a. Cove Base Adhesives. Not more than 50 g /L. A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. C Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 3 3.2 PREPARATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products B Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate C Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1 Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. D Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3 3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B Apply resilient base to walls columns pilasters, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation F On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. G Job Formed Corners. 1 Outside Corners. Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. 2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of resilient floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3 5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturers written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 END OF SECTION 09653 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation 1 Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly 3 Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil C Protect resilient products from mars, marks indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period D Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion 3 6 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES COLOR SCHEDULE A. RB -1 Flexco Flextones 01 `Black Dahlia B Rubber Transition Strips Flexco Flextones, 01 Black Dahlia RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 5 SECTION 09680 CARPET PART 1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following 1 Tufted carpet. B Related Sections include the following. 1 Division 9 Section 'Resilient Wall Base and Accessories' for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet. 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following, including installation recommendations for each type of substrate. 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT Carpet: For each type indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability and fade resistance B Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1 Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built -in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. 2. Existing flooring materials to be removed. 3 Existing flooring materials to remain. 4 Seam locations, types and methods. 5 Type of installation. 6 Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 7 Pile direction 8 Type, color and location of edge, transition and other accessory strips. 9 Transition details to other flooring materials. C Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1 Carpet: 6- inch square Sample 2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and other Accessory Stripping' 3. Carpet Seam: 6 -inch Sample. D Product Schedule For carpet. Use same designations indicated 6- inch -long Samples. on Drawings. CARPET 09680 1 E. Qualification Data: For Installer F Product Test Reports. Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency G Maintenance Data. For carpet to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1 Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet. H. Warranties. Special warranties specified in this Section. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. B Fire Test Response Characteristics. Provide products with the critical radiant flux classification indicated in Part 2, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 648 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Comply with CRI 104 Section 5 'Storage and Handling A. Comply with CRI 104 Section 7.2, 'Site Conditions Temperature and Humidity' and Section 7 12, 'Ventilation. B Environmental Limitations Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and dry and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until slabs have cured, are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer D Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, install carpet before installing these items. 17 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Carpet: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse CARPET 09680 2 2. Failures include, but are not limited to more than 10 percent Toss of face fiber edge raveling snags runs, Toss of tuft bind strength excess static discharge, and delamination. 3 Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1 8 EXTRA MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Furnish extra materials described below before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Carpet: Full -width rolls equal to 2 percent of amount installed for each type indicated but not less than 10 sq. yd PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TUFTED CARPET CPT -1 A. Basis -of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Shaw Contract Group Pep Rally Teklok, #60460 or a comparable product. B Fiber Content: 69 percent Solutia Ultron SD Nylon, 31 percent Solutia Ultron Color C Pile Characteristic: Multilevel -loop pile. D Pile Thickness: 0 147 inches. E. Stitches. 10 0 F Gage. 1/10 G Total Weight: 26 oz. /sq. yd for finished carpet. H. Primary Backing Manufacturer's standard material Secondary Backing Teklok J Width. 12 feet. K. Applied Soil- Resistance Treatment: Shaw Soil Protection. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex modified, hydraulic- cement -based formulation provided or recommended by carpet manufacturer B Adhesives. Water- resistant, mildew- resistant, non staining type to suit products and sub -floor conditions indicated that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet and is recommended or provided by carpet manufacturer CARPET 09680 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 1 VOC Limits: Provide adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when tested according to ASTM D 5116 C Tackless Carpet Stripping: Water- resistant plywood, in strips as required to comply with CRI 104 Section 12.2. D Seam Adhesive. Hot -melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for sealing and taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile Toss at seams. E Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, at terrazzo transitions and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance. Examine carpet for type, color pattern and potential defects. B Concrete Sub floors. Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following. 1 Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by carpet manufacturer 2. Sub -floors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale and foreign deposits. C For wood sub floors, verify the following: 1 Under layment over sub -floor complies with requirements specified in Division 6 Section 'Rough Carpentry 2. Under layment surface is free of irregularities and substances that may interfere with adhesive bond or show through surface D Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION a. Total VOCs 10 00 mg /sq m x h. b Formaldehyde 0 05 mg /sq. m x h c. 2- Ethyl -1- Hexanol: 3 00 mg /sq. m x h. A. General: Comply with CRI 104 Section 7 3 Site Conditions, Floor Preparation and with carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates. B Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, CARPET 09680 4 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT holes and depressions 1/8 inch wide or wider and protrusions more than 1/32 stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. C Remove coatings including curing compounds, and other substances that are adhesives and that contain soap wax, oil, or silicone without using solvents. methods recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer D Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. 3 3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRI 104 and carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for the following 1 Direct -Glue -Down Installation Comply with CRI 104 Section 9 'Direct Glue -Down Installation B Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations and Shop Drawings for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position C Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpet. D Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built -in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings thresholds and nosings Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer E. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets open- bottomed obstructions removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings F Maintain reference markers holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on sub -floor Use nonpermanent, non staining marking device G Install pattern parallel to walls and borders to comply with CRI 104 Section 15 'Patterned Carpet Installations' and with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations 3 4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet: inch unless more incompatible with Use mechanical 1 Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. 3 Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face beater element. B Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104 Section 16 'Protection of Indoor Installations. C Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer END OF SECTION 09680 CARPET 09680 5 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following 1 Exposed exterior items and surfaces. 2. Exposed interior items and surfaces. 3 Surface preparation, priming and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Ar- chitect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1 Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding) hangers, exposed steel and ironwork, and primed metal surfaces of me- chanical and electrical equipment. C Do not paint pre finished items concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels D Related Sections include the following 1 Division 5 Section 'Metal Fabrications' for shop priming ferrous metal. 2. Division 9 Section 'Gypsum Board for surface preparation for gypsum board 3 Division 16 Sections for painting of electrical work. 13 DEFINITIONS A. General. Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1 Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured ata 60- degree meter 3. Satin refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter 4 Semi -gloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter PAINTING 09900 -1 5 Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter 14 SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers 1 Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each mate- rial and cross reference specific coating, finish system, and application Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification 2. Manufacturer's Information Provide manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling storing, and applying each coating material pro- posed for use. 3 Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) B Samples for Verification. Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate ac tual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1 Provide stepped Samples defining each separate coat, including block fillers and prim- ers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review Resubmit until re- quired sheen color and texture, are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application C Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the 'Quality Assurance' Article to demon- strate their capabilities and experience Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners and other information speci- fied. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications. Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting sys- tem applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in- service performance B Source Limitations. Obtain block fillers primers, and undercoat materials for each coating sys- tem from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C Benchmark Samples (Mockups) Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5 Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. 1 The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted a. Wall Surfaces. Provide samples on at least 100 sq ft. of wall surface. b Small Areas and Items. The Architect will designate an item or area as required. 2. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated, apply coatings in this room or to each surface according to the Schedule or as specified. Pro- vide required sheen, color and texture on each surface. PAINTING 09900 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT a. After finishes are accepted, the Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature 3 Final approval of colors will be from job applied samples 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and con- tainers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information. 1 Product name or title of material 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type) 3 Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4 Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5 Thinning instructions. 6 Application instructions. 7 Color name and number 8. VOC content. B Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well- ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition free of foreign materials and residue 1 Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly Remove oily rags and waste daily Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application. 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F B Apply solvent- thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surround- ing air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F C Do not apply paint in snow rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1 Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during applica- tion and drying periods. 1 8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quan- tities described below Package, paint materials in un- opened factory- sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner 1 Quantity Furnish the Owner with an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal or 1 case as appropriate of each material and color applied. PAINTING 09900 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorpo- rated into the Work include but are not limited to products listed in the paint schedules. B Manufacturers Names. The following manufacturers are referred to in the paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names, which are shown in parentheses. 1 Miller Paint Company (Miller) 2. PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG) 3 Pratt Lambert, Inc. (P L) 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS GENERAL A. Material Compatibility Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience B Material Quality Provide manufacturer's best quality paint material of the various coating types specified Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1 Proprietary Names. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions C Colors. Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. 1 Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and sur faces receiving paint are thoroughly dry 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's .acceptance of surfaces and condi- tions within a particular area. B Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compati- bility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteris- tics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers 1 Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over sub- strates primed by others. PAINTING 09900 4 3.2 PREPARATION CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates machined surfaces, lighting fix- tures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1 After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved B Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, dean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings Remove oil and grease before cleaning 1 Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning proc ess will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C Surface Preparation. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturers writ- ten instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified 1 Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re -prime 2. Cementitious Materials. Prepare brick and terra cotta surfaces to be painted Remove ef- florescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease oils and release agents Roughen as required to remove glaze If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing use mechani- cal methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer b Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application Do not paint surfaces where mois- ture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 3 Wood Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits and sandpaper as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off a. Scrape and clean small, dry seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shel- lac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler Sand smooth when dried. b Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. When transparent finish is required, back -prime with spar varnish 4 Ferrous Metals. Clean un- galvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use sol- vent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and ac cording to requirements of SSPC -SP 10 b Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. PAINTING 09900 5 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 5 Galvanized Surfaces Clean galvanized surfaces with non petroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D Materials Preparation. Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written in- structions 1 Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material If necessary remove surface film and strain material before using. 3 Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting. Tint each under -coat, a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multi- ple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3 3 APPLICATION A. General Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied 1 Paint colors, surface treatments and finishes are indicated in the schedules 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions detri- mental to formation of a durable paint film. 3 Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4 The term exposed surfaces' includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5 Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed sur faces Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only 6 Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, non specular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7 Paint backside of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed sur- faces. 8 Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned pretreated or other wise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent sur- face deterioration 1 The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of applica- tion method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recom- mended by the manufacturer If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions and sand between applications. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3 If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thick ness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. PAINTING 09900 6 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 4 Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not re -coat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C Application Procedures Apply paints and coatings by brush roller spray or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Brushes Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied Use brush of appro- priate size for the surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required 3 Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D Minimum Coating Thickness. Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recom- mended spreading rate Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recom- mended by the manufacturer E. Electrical Work: Painting of electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. F Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to the following 1 Conduit and fittings. 2. Switch gear 3 Panel boards. G Prime Coats. Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others Re -coat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other de- fects due to insufficient sealing H Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes. Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color appearance, and coverage Cloudiness spotting, holi- days, laps, brush marks runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be accept able Completed Work: Match approved samples for color texture, and coverage Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 1 The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor 2. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as re- quired by the Owner a. Quantitative material analysis. PAINTING. 09900 7 3 The Owner may direct the Contractor to stop painting if test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements The Contractor shall remove non- complying paint from the site pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if on repainting with specified paint, the 2 coatings are incompatible 3 5 CLEANING A. Cleanup At the end of each workday paint materials from the site CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT b Abrasion resistance. c. Apparent reflectivity d Flexibility e. Washability f Absorption. g. Accelerated weathering h. Dry opacity Accelerated yellowness j. Re- coating. k. Skinning. Color retention. m. Alkali and mildew resistance 1 After completing painting, clean paint by washing and scraping surfaces 3 6 PROTECTION 3 7 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE 1 Finish 2 finish coats over a flood coat and primer remove empty cans rags rubbish, and other discarded glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning repairing or replacing and repainting as approved by Architect. B Provide Wet Paint' signs to protect newly painted finishes Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1 At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1 A. Brick and Terra Cotta. Provide the following finish systems over exterior brick and terra cotta surfaces. a. Flood Coat: Flood coat applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufac- turer 1) Brick: Chem -Trete BSM 20 manufactured by the Sivento Company a Divi- sion of Huls America. PAINTING 09900 8 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 2) Terra Cotta. Chem -Trete BSM 40 manufactured by the Sivento Company a Division of HuIs America. 3) Architect accepted equals b Primer Exterior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufac turer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 6 0 7 0 mils. 1) Tnemec Series 55 Tnece- Crete. 2) Architect accepted equal. c. Second and Third Coats. Exterior paint applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not Tess than 3 0 4 0 mils. 1) Tnemec Series 156 Enviro- Crete. 2) Architect accepted equal. B Wood Trim: Provide the following finish systems over exterior wood trim: 1 Satin Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Exterior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufac- turer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not Tess than 1 4 mils 1) A -100 Latex Wood Primer (B42W41) 2) Architect accepted equal. b First and Second Coats: Satin, waterborne exterior acrylic -latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not Tess than 2.4 mils. 1) A -100 Latex Satin (A82 Series) 2) Architect accepted equal. C Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal, including sheet tin, zinc, aluminum, galvanized metal, cast iron and steel. Primer is not required on shop primed items. 1 Finish 2 finish coats over a rust inhibitive primer and intermediate epoxy primer a. Primer Rust inhibitive metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 3 mils Do not use on wood or stainless steel 1) Industrial wash primer (P60G2 R7K44) 2) Architect accepted equal. b Intermediate Coat: Recoatable epoxy primer applied at spreading rate recom- mended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 4 0 6 0 mils. 1) Recoatable Epoxy Primer (B67 Series) 2) Architect accepted equal. PAINTING 09900 9 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT c Second and Third Coats. Polyurethane coating applied at spreading rate recom- mended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 3 0 4 0 mils 1) Hi- Solids Polyurethane Coating (B65 -300 Series) 2) Architect accepted equal. 3 8 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces. 1 Low Luster Acrylic Enamel Finish 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex -based interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 2 mils. 1) Miller 6020 High Solids PVA Primer Sealer 2) PPG 17 -10 Quick -Drying Interior Latex Primer Sealer 3) P L. Z/F 1004 Suprime 4 Interior Latex Wall Primer b First and Second Coats. Low luster (eggshell or satin) acrylic latex, interior ena- mel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.8 mils. 1) Miller 4480 Premium Satin. 2) PPG. 85 Line Manor Hall Pearl Latex Wall and Trim Enamel. 3) P L. Z/F 4000 Series Accolade Interior Velvet. 2. Semi gloss, Acrylic Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. 1) Miller 6020 High Solids PVA Primer Sealer 2) PPG 17 10 Quick -Drying Interior Latex Primer Sealer 3) P L. Z/F 1001 Suprime 1 100 Percent Acrylic Multi- Purpose Primer b First and Second Coats. Semi gloss, acrylic latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thick ness of not less than 2.6 mils. 1) Miller 8480 Series Performance Semi Gloss. 2) PPG 88 -110 Satinhide Interior Enamel Wall Trim Lo- Lustre Semi -Gloss Latex. 3) P L. Z/F 4100 Series Accolade Interior Semi -Gloss 3 Semi gloss, Alkyd Enamel Finish 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils 1) Miller 6020 High Solids PVA Primer Sealer 2) PPG 17 -10 Quick -Dry Interior Latex Primer Sealer 3) P L. Z/F 1001 Suprime 1 100 Percent Acrylic Multi- Purpose Primer PAINTING 09900 10 END OF SECTION 09900 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT b First and Second Coats Odorless semi -gloss alkyd, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thick ness of not Tess than 2.6 mils. 1) Miller 6750 Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel. 2) PPG 27 Line Wallhide Low Odor Interior Enamel Wall and Trim Semi Gloss Oil. 3) P L. S/D 5700 Cellu -Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel 3 9 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE A. P -1 Color to Match Color Guild #3857 Linen White B P 2: Not Used. C P 3 Color to Match Color Guild `White PAINTING 09900 11 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 10290 BIRD AND PEST CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following. 1 Bird Wire Deterrent System. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 7 Section 'Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing' for installing sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing membrane 2. Division 7 Section Joint Sealants' for field applied sheet metal flashing and trim sealants. 1 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Stainless steel bird spikes and stainless steel strip designed to discourage pigeons seagulls and larger birds 1 No polycarbonate spikes or strips are allowed. B Bird Wire Deterrent System Manufacturers Fastening Fasten with manufacturer recommended optional mounting hardware glue clips and adhesive 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature. B Samples for Verification. For each type of product required including but not limited to those indicated below 1 Sample of specified System(s) not less than 6 inches in length 2. Sample of specified and detailed fastening hardware C Manufacturer's installation guidelines. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer is required to obtain review and understand manufacturer's, spacing and installation guidelines. BIRD AND PEST CONTROL 10290 1 B Installer is required to be completely familiar with the proper installation procedures for the Systems specified including the specified fastening procedures. 1 The installer must provide evidence of at least 3 similar projects in size and complexity which have been performed by the contractor within the previous five years. 2. The installer must provide individual qualifications and past projects history of each installer who will work on this Project. 1 6 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store shipping boxes so that they remain dry clean and undamaged. B Do not stack or place other materials on shipping boxes. C Keep Bird Wire Deterrent System in original packaging until time of installation 1 7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide an additional 40 feet of Bird Wire Deterrent System materials including 10 coping straps and manufacturer's clips to Owner in marked container for Owner's use PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BIRD WIRE DETERRENT SYSTEM CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Basis -of- Design Product for Bird Anti Roosting Subject to compliance with requirements, provide BirdMaster Springuard Stainless Steel Bird Wire Deterrent System or a comparable product used to deter seagulls and other larger sea birds 1 0 12 inch diameter stainless steel posts mounted on lexan anchoring plate. 2. Stainless steel springs 3/16 -inch diameter and 1/2 inch in length. 3 Stainless steel cables 0 015 inch in diameter B Fastening: Fastened with manufacturer's standard mechanical mounting hardware per details in conjunction with manufacturer's installation accessories and adhesive C Specified System Contact Information. BirdMaster Bird Control Systems, 1 800 562.2473 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1 Notify Architect of conditions detrimental to a successful installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. BIRD AND PEST CONTROL 10290 2 3.2 PREPARATION 3 3 INSTALLATION A. Bird Wire Deterrent System components shall be installed as required, to protect ground view vertical and sloped surfaces from bird staining. B Verify that all installation surface finishing requirements have been accomplished prior to installing the Bird Wire Deterrent System. DO NOT apply any surface coating or treatment (paint, sealer etc.) over the installed Bird Wire Deterrent System. CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Field Measurements. Verify dimensions of each installation surface. Use Estimating Spacing and Installation Guides to provide for sufficient quantity to properly protect the specified surfaces. B Bird Anti Roosting System. 1 Follow manufacturer's instructions for Anti- Roosting System installation. 2. Brackets to be spaced no further than 20 feet apart over the length of the ledge and three inches apart into the depth of the ledge. 3 Stainless steel cables to be spring tensioned to the correct level as provided by an experienced installer 4 Holes to be drilled in mortar joints only where deemed necessary and be no more than 1/4 inch in diameter and one inch deep 5 The quoters shall provide, a detailed plan of the method, materials and resources to be used in the installation of the wire mesh system C Bird Anti Roosting System attachment shall not penetrate coping. 3 4 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Remove debris and waste materials from Project site B Inspect finished installation. Make any adjustments needed to conform to the spacing and installation guidelines. C Return to the site six months after Project Close -out to adjust and add to the Bird Wire Deterrent System installation as required, to provide protection from visible staining of ground view vertical and sloped surfaces. END OF SECTION 10290 BIRD AND PEST CONTROL 10290 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section is specifically applicable to the Basic Electrical Requirements in addition to Division 1 General Requirements. B The General Conditions and General Requirements (Division 1) apply to this Section. C This Section also includes provisions from Sections 16050 16110 16120 and 16510 12 DESCRIPTION A. A completed operating installation of all lighting systems specified and required shall be provided. All installations shall be in strict compliance with the Specifications Drawings, General Conditions and Contract Terms, all applicable current State and Local Codes and Ordinances. In case of conflicts, the quality deemed best by the Owners Representative will govern. B This Work is Design /Build 1 3 SCOPE OF WORK A. Contractor shall provide lighting systems design, labor and material construction services associated with the interior upgrade of the existing Clallam County Historic Courthouse Reference Architectural drawings for Area of Work. B A State of Washington Licensed Supervising Electrician whom complies with State of Washington Requirements shall provide the Electrical design. C Refer to Architectural Drawings for some required equipment, fixtures, etc. B Contractor is to verify requirements and submit and obtain approval from Washington State Bureau of Labor and Industries if required. Contractor is responsible for paying all costs for obtaining a permit. 14 DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit electrical floor plans to the Architect on reproducible bond Architectural 22' x 34 drawings after gaining approval from Washington State Bureau of Labor and Industries. Submit drawings on a disc in electronic format using AutoCAD version 2000 Show all details legibly and neatly Architect to provide floor plan in electronic format for Contractors use. B Prior to final acceptance of this Work the Contractor shall submit the following to the Architect: 1 Electrical Design Drawings. 2. Record Drawings. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) 16000 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT 3 Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 4 Certificates of Code Authority Acceptance 5 Contractors Labor and Material Warrantees. 6 Other project documentation specified herein 1 5 CODES AND PERMITS A. This Work shall comply with the latest Rules and Regulations of the State and Local Authorities Having Jurisdiction National Electrical Code, International Fire and Building Codes. B Obtain and pay for all required permits, plan check charges and certificates. Deliver Certificates of Acceptance from the Code Enforcing Authorities to the Architect. 1 6 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CRAFTS A. Cooperate with other crafts or contracts as may be necessary for the proper execution of this Work. 1 7 INSPECTION OBSERVATION AND TESTS A. Provide one journeyman tools, meters instruments and other test equipment required to properly complete the Work. Contractor to remove and replace covers, fixtures etc. and test materials systems methods and Workmanship in the presence of the Architect for final review at completion of this Work. 1 8 GUARANTEE AND CLEAN -UP A. Keep tools and materials in an orderly manner throughout the construction period Upon completion of this Work; remove all excess materials, tools, dirt and debris from the job site B Leave the entire lighting system installed under this Work in clean dust -free and proper Working order C Without additional charge, replace any Work or material, which develops defects, except from abuse, within one year from acceptance unless otherwise noted D Lamp guarantee is from date of Architect occupancy or acceptance, six months for fluorescent and H I D lamps. E. Labor for lamp installation is to be provided by the Contractor for a 30 day period PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) 16000 2 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) 16000 3 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Scratched marred or deformed materials will not be accepted. B Fixtures, material or equipment in wet cartons or boxes, stored in or exposed to rain water dust, dirt or snow are not acceptable. 1.2 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Electrical materials shall be of the type and quality indicated new listed by the Underwriters Laboratories, and shall bear their label wherever standards have been established and they regularly furnish label service. 13 MANUFACTURER A. Like items shall be from one manufacturer i.e. fixture types, boxes etc. 1 4 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prior to completion of the job and before final payment, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect three sets of operating and maintenance brochures for equipment installed Operating and maintenance brochures shall include descriptive and technical data, maintenance and operation procedures, wiring diagrams spare parts lists, service representative supplier for replacement parts, etc. B Assemble data into individual sets and bind into plastic- covered, hard backed loose -leaf binders arranged for side binding. Segregate respective items into related groups (starters, fixtures etc.) and provide index tab for each group C Provide all incidentals hangers brackets supports, etc. required to complete the system or systems, in a safe and satisfactory Working condition shall be provided and installed as part of this Work. 1 5 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Provide Raychem ShrinkMark system Cable Markers. 1 6 WIRING METHOD A. Wiring throughout area shall be metallic concealed raceway system with flush mounted outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) 16050 1 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT B All Work shall be executed in a Workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and mechanical appearance upon completion. C Wet, and Damp Location. Comply with Code requirements. D Recondition or replace any damage to this Work or other crafts 1 7 ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA A. Lighting and Controls. 1 Any new fixtures in the lighting system shall be designed utilizing energy efficient fluorescent 32 watt T8 3 000K, CRI 82 lamps Ballasts shall be fused protected electronic solid state with THD Tess than 10 percent. 2. The average illumination level shall be designed at 20 foot candles 30 inches above finished floor 3 The fixtures shall be recessed, with built -in emergency -light and battery backup as noted to match existing and shall be approved by the Architect. 4 Lighting control design is existing B Construction Documents: 1 Provide neat, legible design scaled drawings to the Architect. Drawing to include symbol schedule, power lighting and fire alarm system wiring details 2. There shall be a lighting floor plan with fixtures, controls, and branch circuiting shown. 3 Provide symbol and fixture schedules on the drawings 4 Provide lighting calculations either attached to the drawings or on 8 1/2 inches X 11 inches paper 5 Record Drawings shall show all fixtures with types and all electrical devices with circuit numbers. 1 8 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Degrease and dean surfaces to receive nameplates and tape labels. B Install tape labels parallel to equipment lines. 1 9 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor at load connections, panel boards, pull boxes, enclosures, and cabinets 110 SUPPORTS A. Conduits or cables shall be supported from the structure Penetration of roof deck is not permitted for hangers, clamps, etc. Provide metal conduit, pipe hangers /supports, and straps Supports to provide five times ultimate weight of equipment to be supported. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) 16050 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16050 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) 16050 3 SECTION 16110 CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 CONDUITS AND SURFACE METAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. Provide Raceways and Conduits of specified types for all Electrical System Wiring. All Fittings, Boxes, Hangers and Appurtenances shall be included. B Manufacturer Triangle, National, Allied, Carlon Greenfield or approved 1 Type MC Cable (steel or aluminum clad) 1.2 FITTINGS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT A. Manufacturer Appleton, Efcor Midwest, Raco T B Steel City or approved. 1 Threaded insulated throat or plastic Bushings. 2. Insulated grounding Bushings. 3 Flex Connectors shall be malleable squeeze type 13 FASTENERS A. Manufacturer Caddy Minerallac or approved 1 Con clips for support of Thin -wall Conduit or flexible metallic Conduit. 14 BOXES A. Manufacturer Raco Steel -City Bell, Hubbell Appleton or approved. 1 Galvanized stamped steel with screw ears and knock out plugs, mounting type as required 4 inch W by 1 1/2 inch D minimum. 2. Boxes exposed to weather and installed in contact with earth shall be cast iron alloy with gasketed screw cover and watertight hubs. 3 Solid gang box covers single, double as required and 3/4 inch. 4 Boxes exceeding 4 11/16 inch square shall be welded steel construction with screw cover 1 5 CONDUIT SIZING ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT A. Conceal all Conduits in finished spaces. B All conduits are to be securely supported and fastened at six foot intervals and within 18 inches of every outlet, ell, and panel termination. Conduit runs which are grouped together or larger than 1 1/4 inch, are to be supported from building structure by Kindorf or Unistrut steel channel CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (Performance Specification) 16110 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16110 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT C Maintain minimum 6 -inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 -inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, and heating appliances. D Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. 1 6 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. All conduits shall be cut square reamed smooth, and with all fittings drawn up tight. B Jacket flexible metal conduit shall be installed at locations exposed to weather or damp areas. CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (Performance Specification) 16110 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.2 CONNECTORS CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (Performance Specification) 11 CONDUCTORS A. Manufacturer Anaconda, Triangle, Hatfield, Rome or approved. B Insulation types approved shall be THW THHN, and THWN Number 8 and larger shall be stranded Class B C The minimum Conductor size shall be number 12 AWG unless otherwise specified herein. A. Connectors shall be Scotch -Lok, Ideal Wire Nut, and Scotch 3M or approved 1 3 CABLE SPLICES A. Split -bolt, compression terminal tool applied sleeves Burndy Kearney or approved B Vinyl plastic electrical tape, flame- retardant, equal to Scotch #33 or approved. C Termination lugs for number 12 AWG conductors and /or smaller shall be spade -flared tool applied 1 4 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for lighting circuits B Splice only in junction or outlet boxes. C Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes. 1 5 CABLE INSTALLATION A. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage B Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. C Conductors routed through fluorescent fixtures, mounted in a continuous row shall have an insulation rating not Tess than 90 degrees Celsius. Conductors shall be rated as fixture wire. 1 6 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (Performance Specification) 16120 1 A. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full capacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16120 CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (Performance Specification) 16120 2 A. Fluorescent Lamps and Ballasts CLALLAM COUNTY HISTORIC COURTHOUSE UPGRADE PROJECT SECTION 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 11 ACCESSORIES 1 Provide 5 percent lamp spares and 2 percent ballast spares 12 MANUFACTURERS A. See Light Fixture Schedule. B Lamps. General Electric, Norelco Sylvania or approved 1 Fluorescent: F32T8 R.S 32 watt. C Ballasts. 1 Solid -state electronic with less than 10 percent THD Thermal protection Class P Advance, Magnetic, or approved. 1 3 INSTALLATION A. Install lamps in fixtures. B Install recessed fixtures to permit removal of lamps from below C Coordinate installation of Fixtures with other trades to avoid conflicts. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES (Performance Specification) 16510 1 ONNOMEM w S• M I NM M I